Search for Research in the web?

Research (50)

In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

To order this detailed 290+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering in silico drug discovery services for large molecules, including information on year of establishment, company size, location of headquarters, type of business model used (contract service providers (CROs), software / technology providers, consulting service providers and training service providers), number of drug discovery step(s) for which the company offers services involving the use of in silico approaches (target identification, target validation, hit generation, hit-to-lead and lead optimization), type of large molecules(s) handled (antibodies (monoclonal antibodies, bispecific antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, antibody drug conjugates (ADCs), antibody fragments, single domain antibodies, antisense antibodies and others), proteins (fusion proteins, protein fragments, enzymes and hormones), peptides, cell therapies, gene therapies, vectors and nucleic acids), type of in silico approach used (structure-based drug design (SBDD), fragment-based drug design (FBDD), target-based drug design (TBDD), ligand-based drug design (LBDD) and interface-based drug design (IBDD)), type of in silico service(s) offered (virtual screening, molecular docking, molecular modeling, scaffold hopping and 8+ services), and type of clientele served (pharmaceutical / biotechnology companies and academic / research institutes).
  • Insights on contemporary market trends, depicted using four schematic representations, which include [A] a logo landscape of the industry players engaged in this domain, distributed based on the basis of location of their company size (small (1-50 employees), mid-sized (51-200 employees) and large (>200 employees)) and respective headquarters, [B] a tree map representation of in silico service providers, featuring a distribution of stakeholders on the basis of the company size and drug discovery steps, [C] a world map representation, highlighting the key hubs with respect to outsourcing activity within this domain, and [D] an insightful grid analysis, presenting the distribution of companies based on the type of large molecule, in silico approach used and type of clientele.
  • Elaborate profiles of key industry players that offer a wide range of in silico drug discovery services, featuring a brief overview of the company (including details related to year of establishment, company size, location of headquarters and key members of the executive team), funding and investment information (if available), in silico-based service(s) portfolio) and an informed future outlook.
  • A detailed peer group-based benchmarking analysis, comparing the involved players based on several relevant parameters, such as the experience of the company, number of drug discovery step(s), number of in silico service(s) offered, number of large molecule(s) for which the aforementioned services are offered and type of clientele.
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis featuring a four-dimensional bubble chart, highlighting the key players in this domain on the basis of the strength of their respective service portfolios, taking into consideration the experience of a service provider, number of drug discovery services offered and number of large molecules, for which the aforementioned services are offered.
  • A detailed analysis assessing the current opportunity within in silico drug discovery services market, comparing the number of pipeline products and current market size across different types of large molecules, and the availability and capabilities of affiliated in silico drug discovery service providers.
  • A discussion on the various business strategies that can be adopted by in silico drug discovery service providers in order to maintain a competitive edge in this industry, based on the different types of large molecules handled and the technical expertise of service providers, in terms of capabilities across different steps of drug discovery.
  • An insightful analysis highlighting the cost saving potential associated with the use of in silico approaches in the drug discovery process.
  • A case study comparing the key challenges associated with the discovery and production of large molecules, affiliated product development timelines, and manufacturing protocols, with those of small molecule drugs.
  • Insights from an industry-wide survey, featuring inputs solicited from various experts who are directly / indirectly involved in providing in silico services for discovery of large molecule drugs.
  • A discussion on the upcoming computational approaches (such as artificial intelligence and cloud computing) that are being adopted for drug discovery purposes and are likely to impact early stage research over the coming years.
  • A case study highlighting several non-computational methods / technologies, which are considered to be of significant importance to the overall drug discovery process.

 

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Key Drug Discovery Steps
  • Target Identification
  • Target Validation
  • Hit Generation
  • Hit-to-Lead
  • Lead Optimization

 

  • Type of Large Molecule
  • Antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides
  • Nucleic Acids
  • Vectors

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large

 

  • Target therapeutic Area
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Blood Disorders
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders
  • Hormonal Disorders
  • Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Mental Disorders
  • Musculoskeletal Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Urogenital Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading in silico service providers for discovery of different types of large molecule drugs?
  • What are the key challenges associated with the discovery of large molecule drugs?
  • What is the likely cost saving opportunity associated with the use of in silico tools?
  • What are the key computational approaches being used by in silico service providers for drug discovery operations?
  • What are the popular business strategies being used by in silico drug discovery service providers?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  2. Global Stem Cells Market: Focus on Clinical Therapies, 2020–2030
  3. Companion Diagnostics Services Market, 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Over 90 firms are actively involved in providing in silico services for drug discovery of different types of biologics; of these, over 30 players claim to have the capabilities to offer services for all steps of discovery


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Presently, in silico tools / approaches are available for the identification, selection and optimization of pharmacological leads. in fact, the predictive power of such solutions has been demonstrated to enable researchers to bypass the traditional experimental screening of billions of molecules against hundreds of biological targets, thereby, allowing significant reductions in the investment of both time and resources.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 135+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 124 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the in silico drug discovery market for large molecules has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Key Drug Discovery Steps
  • Target Identification
  • Target Validation
  • Hit Generation
  • Hit-to-Lead
  • Lead Optimization

 

  • Type of Large Molecule
  • Antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides
  • Nucleic Acids
  • Vectors

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large

 

  • Target therapeutic Area
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Blood Disorders
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders
  • Hormonal Disorders
  • Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Mental Disorders
  • Musculoskeletal Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Urogenital Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules, 2020-2030, report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Abzena
  • BioDuro
  • BioNTech
  • ChemPartner
  • Creative Biostructure
  • GenScript
  • LakePharma
  • Sundia MediTech
  • Sygnature Discovery
  • Viva Biotech

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Key Insights

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Company Competitiveness Analysis

  7. Key Opportunity Areas

  8. Emerging Business Models and Strategies

  9. Case study: comparison of drug discovery processes of small molecules and large molecules

  10. Survey insights

  11. Cost saving analysis

  12. Market Forecast

  13. In silico tools and upcoming trends in drug discovery

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

  1. Appendix 3: Non-Computational Methods for Drug Discovery

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-silico-drug-discovery/298.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

In silico drug discovery services market is likely to be worth USD 124 million by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 15.6%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery / Multi-Target Drug Design, Interface Based Drug Discovery, Approaches)” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 135+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 90 firms are actively involved in providing in silico services for drug discovery of different types of biologics; of these, over 30 players claim to have the capabilities to offer services for all steps of discovery
  • Majority of the companies offer structure-based drug design focused on early stage drug discovery of a range of large molecules, including antibodies, proteins and peptides
  • Featuring the presence of small-mid sized firms, the in silico service provider landscape is well-distributed across various regions; these players have adopted various business models to cater to the evolving needs of the clients
  • Several players involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective in silico-based service portfolios and maintain a competitive edge in this industry
  • The integration of novel computational techniques, such as artificial intelligence and cloud-based platforms, with in silico approaches is likely to revolutionize the overall drug discovery process
  • Service providers are adopting various business strategies in order to continue providing significant cost saving advantages, along with expediting discovery timelines and improving product success
  • Driven by the growing demand for effective therapeutics and increase in drug discovery efforts of various biologics across a wide range of therapeutic areas, the market is expected to witness sustained growth in future
  • In the long-term, the projected opportunity is anticipated to be well distributed across various geographies, type of sponsors and sizes of in silico service providers

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-silico-drug-discovery/298.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Drug Discovery and Development Timelines

3.3.      Overview of In Silico Drug Discovery Tools

3.3.1.    Historical Evolution of the In Silico Approach

3.3.2.    Comparison of Traditional Drug Discovery Approaches and In Silico / Computer Aided Methods

3.3.3.    In Silico / Computed Aided Approaches for Drug Design and Development

 

3.4.      Applications of In Silico Tools in the Drug Discovery Process

3.4.1.    Target Identification

3.4.1.1. Chemoinformatics-based Tools

3.4.1.2. Network-based Drug Discovery

3.4.1.3. Computational Platforms and Interaction Repositories

 

3.4.2.    Target Validation

 

3.4.3.    Hit Generation

3.4.3.1. High-Throughput Screening

3.4.3.2. Fragment Based Screening

3.4.3.3. Virtual Screening

 

3.4.4.    Hit-to-Lead

3.4.4.1. Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics Modeling

3.4.4.2. Other Novel Approaches

 

3.4.5.    Lead Optimization

3.4.5.1. Pharmacophore Modeling

3.4.5.2. Docking

3.4.5.3. Structure Activity Relationships (SAR) / Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship (QSAR)

3.4.5.4. Molecular Modeling

 

3.5.      Advantages of using In Silico Tools for Drug Discovery Operations

3.6.      Challenges Associated with Conducting In Silico Drug Discovery Operations In-house

3.7.      Anticipated Rise in Outsourcing In Silico Drug Discovery Operations

3.8.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      In Silico Drug Discovery Services for Large Molecules: List of Industry Players

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Business Model

4.2.6.    Analysis by Drug Discovery Steps

4.2.7.    Analysis by Type of Large Molecule

4.2.7.1. Analysis by Type of Antibody

4.2.7.2. Analysis by Type of Protein

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of In Silico Approach Used

4.2.9.    Analysis by Types of In Silico Services Offered

4.2.10.  Analysis by Type of Clientele

 

4.3.      In Silico Drug Discovery Services: List of Software / Technologies

 

  1. KEY INSIGHTS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Logo Landscape: Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

5.3.      Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Company Size and Drug Discovery Steps

5.4.      World Map Representation: Regional Analysis of Outsourcing Activity

5.5.      Grid Representation: Analysis by Type of Large Molecule, In Silico Approach Used and  Type of Clientele

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Key In Silico Service Providers Based in North America

6.2.1.    BioDuro

6.2.1.1. Company Overview

6.2.1.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.1.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.1.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.2.2.    Creative Biostructure

6.2.2.1. Company Overview      

6.2.2.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.2.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.2.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.2.3.    GenScript

6.2.3.1. Company Overview

6.2.3.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.3.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.3.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.2.4.    LakePharma

6.2.4.1. Company Overview

6.2.4.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.4.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.4.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.3.      Leading Players Based in Europe

6.3.1.    Abzena

6.3.1.1. Company Overview

6.3.1.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.3.1.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.3.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.3.1.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.3.2.    BioNTech

6.3.2.1. Company Overview

6.3.2.2. Funding and Investment Information      

6.3.2.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.3.2.4. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.3.3.    Sygnature Discovery

6.3.3.1. Company Overview

6.3.3.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.3.3.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.3.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.3.3.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.4.      Leading Players Based in Asia-Pacific

6.4.1.    ChemPartner

6.4.1.1. Company Overview

6.4.1.2. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.4.1.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.4.1.4. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.4.2.    Sundia MediTech

6.4.2.1. Company Overview

6.4.2.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.4.2.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.4.2.4. Recent Development and Future Outlook

6.4.2.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

                       

6.4.3.    Viva Biotech

6.4.3.1. Company Overview

6.4.3.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.4.3.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.4.3.4. Recent Development and Future Outlook

6.4.3.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Key Parameters

7.3.      Methodology

7.4.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: In Silico Drug Discovery Service Providers in North America

7.5.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: In Silico Drug Discovery Service Providers in Europe

7.6.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: In Silico Drug Discovery Service Providers in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

  1. KEY OPPORTUNITY AREAS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Key Assumptions and Parameters

8.3.      Methodology

8.4.      Antibodies

8.4.1.    Developer Landscape

8.4.1.1. Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.4.1.2. Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.4.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Antibodies: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

8.5.      Peptides

8.5.1.    Developer Landscape

8.5.1.1. Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.5.1.2. Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.5.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Peptides: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

8.6.      Proteins

8.6.1.    Developer Landscape

8.6.1.1. Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.6.1.2. Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.6.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Proteins: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

8.7.      Other Advanced Therapies

8.7.1     Developer Landscape

8.7.1.1  Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.7.1.2  Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.7.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Vectors: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

  1. EMERGING BUSINESS MODELS AND STRATEGIES

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Key Assumptions and Methodology

9.3.      In Silico Service Providers: Analysis by Number of Large Molecules and Drug Discovery Steps Covered

9.3.1.    Strategies for Short Term Success

9.3.2.    Strategies for Long Term Success

9.4.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF DRUG DISCOVERY PROCESSES OF SMALL MOLECULES AND LARGE MOLECULES

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

10.2.1.  Comparison of Key Specifications

10.2.2.  Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

10.2.3.  Comparison of Drug Discovery Processes

10.3.     Approaches to Improve Discovery Process of Large Molecules

 

  1. SURVEY INSIGHTS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Overview of Respondents

11.2.1. Designation of Respondents

 

11.3.     Survey Insights

11.3.1. Drug Discovery Steps

11.3.2. Type of Molecules Handled

11.3.3. In Silico Drug Design Focused Service Portfolio

11.3.4.  Likely Adoption of In Silico Tools for Large Molecules Drug Discovery

11.3.5. Current Market Opportunity

11.3.6. Likely Growth Rate

11.3.7.  Cost Saving Potential of the In Silico Approach

 

  1. COST SAVING ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Key Assumptions

12.3.     Methodology

12.4.     Overall Cost Saving Potential of In Silico Tools in Large Molecule Drug Discovery, 2020-2030

12.5.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

 

13.3.     Overall In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules, 2020-2030

 

13.3.1.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Drug Discovery Steps, 2020-2030

13.3.1.1. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Target Identification, 2020-2030

13.3.1.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Target Validation, 2020- 2030 

13.3.1.3. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Hit Generation, 2020-2030

13.3.1.4. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Hit-to-Lead, 2020-2030

13.3.1.5. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Lead Optimization, 2020-2030

 

13.3.2.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Type of Large Molecule, 2020-2030

13.3.2.1. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Antibodies, 2020-2030

13.3.2.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Proteins, 2020-2030

13.3.2.3. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Peptides, 2020-2030

13.3.2.4. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Nucleic Acids, 2020-     2030

13.3.2.5. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Vectors, 2020-2030

 

13.3.3.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Company Size, 2020-2030

13.3.3.1. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Small Companies, 2020-2030

13.3.3.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Mid-sized Companies,    2020-2030

13.3.3.3. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Large Companies, 2020-2030

 

13.3.4.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Therapeutic Area, 2020-2030

13.3.4.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Autoimmune Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Blood Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Cardiovascular Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.4.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Gastrointestinal and    Digestive Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.5. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Hormonal Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.6. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS), 2020-2030

13.3.4.7. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Infectious Diseases, 2020-2030

13.3.4.8. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of  Metabolic Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.9.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Mental Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.10.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Musculoskeletal Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.11.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Neurological Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.12.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Oncological Disorders 2020-2030

13.3.4.13.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Respiratory Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.13.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Skin Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.14.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Urogenital Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.15.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Others, 2020-2030    

 

13.3.5.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Type of Sponsor, 2020-2030

13.3.5.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Industry Players, 2020-2030

13.3.5.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Non-Industry Players, 2020-2030

 

13.3.6.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

13.3.6.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of North America, 2020-2030

13.3.6.1.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of US, 2020-2030

13.3.6.1.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Canada, 2020-2030

 

13.3.6.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Europe, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Germany, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in France, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in the UK, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.4.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Italy, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.5.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Spain, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.6.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Rest of Europe, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in China, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in India, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Japan, 2020-2030

 

  1. IN SILICO TOOLS AND UPCOMING TRENDS IN DRUG DISCOVERY

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Owing to Potential Cost and Time-related Benefits, Outsourcing of Drug Discovery Operations is Expected to Increase in the Future

14.3.     Technological Advancements are Likely to Revolutionize the Current Drug Discovery Processes

14.3.1.  Integration of Artificial Intelligence in the Drug Discovery Process is Expected to Improve the Overall Efficiency and Productivity

14.3.2.  Increased Adoption of Cloud Based Technology Platforms is Anticipated to Enhance the Scalability and Flexibility of the Drug Discovery Process

14.3.3.  Rising Interest in Use of Force Fields for  In Silico Drug Discovery

14.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     ProSciens

15.2.1. Company Snapshot

15.2.2. Interview Transcript: Edelmiro Moman, Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

15.3.     Conifer Point Pharmaceuticals

15.3.1. Company Snapshot

15.3.2.  Interview Transcript: John L Kulp, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technical Officer

 

15.4.     Evotec

15.4.1.  Company Snapshot

15.4.2. Interview Transcript: Mark Whittaker, Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery

 

15.5.     Candidum

15.5.1. Company Snapshot

15.5.2. Interview Transcript: Sven Benson, Founder

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

  1. APPENDIX III: NON-COMPUTATIONAL METHODS FOR DRUG DISCOVERY

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

In silico drug discovery services market is likely to be worth USD 124 million by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 15.6%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Excessive capital requirement and myriad of other complexities associated with the discovery of biologics have prompted drug developers to adopt in silico tools / techniques to expedite the discovery timelines

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery / Multi-Target Drug Design, Interface Based Drug Discovery, Approaches).”

 

The  report features an extensive study on the current landscape and the likely future potential of the companies offering services for the discovery of large molecule drugs based on the use of in silico tools and techniques. The study features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various industry stakeholders. In addition to other elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies offering in silico drug discovery services for large molecules. 
  • Elaborate profiles of key industry players that offer a wide range of in silico drug discovery services (shortlisted on the basis of the company size).
  • A detailed peer group-based benchmarking analysis, comparing the involved players based on several relevant parameters related to company and services.
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis featuring a four-dimensional bubble chart, highlighting the key players in this domain.
  • A detailed analysis assessing the current opportunity within in silico drug discovery services market.
  • A discussion on the various business strategies that can be adopted by in silico drug discovery service providers in order to maintain a competitive edge in this industry.
  • An insightful analysis highlighting the cost saving potential associated with the use of in silico approaches in the drug discovery process.
  • A case study comparing the key challenges associated with the discovery and production of large molecules.
  • Insights from an industry-wide survey, featuring inputs solicited from various experts in this domain.
  • A discussion on the upcoming computational approaches that are being adopted for drug discovery purposes.
  • A case study highlighting several non-computational methods / technologies used in drug discovery process.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Key Drug Discovery Steps
  • Target Identification
  • Target Validation
  • Hit Generation
  • Hit-to-Lead
  • Lead Optimization

 

  • Type of Large Molecule
  • Antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides
  • Nucleic Acids
  • Vectors

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large

 

  • Target therapeutic Area
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Blood Disorders
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders
  • Hormonal Disorders
  • Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Mental Disorders
  • Musculoskeletal Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Urogenital Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies
  • John L Kulp (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technical Officer, Conifer Point Pharmaceuticals)
  • Sven Benson (Founder, candidum)
  • Mark Whittaker (Senior Vice President, Evotec)
  • Edelmiro Moman (Scientific Consultant and Teacher, ProSciens)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Abzena
  • BioDuro
  • BioNTech
  • ChemPartner
  • Creative Biostructure
  • GenScript
  • LakePharma
  • Sundia MediTech
  • Sygnature Discovery
  • Viva Biotech

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-silico-drug-discovery/298.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  2. Global Stem Cells Market: Focus on Clinical Therapies, 2020–2030
  3. Companion Diagnostics Services Market, 2020-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com                   

 

In silico drug discovery services market is likely to be worth USD 124 million by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 15.6%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Owing to their cost and time saving potential, in silico tools are widely used in modern pharmacological research; several companies have developed novel tools, which are specifically designed to accelerate and augment the drug discovery process.

 

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery / Multi-Target Drug Design, Interface Based Drug Discovery, Approaches)” report to its list of offerings.

 

Presently, in silico tools / approaches are available for the identification, selection and optimization of pharmacological leads. in fact, the predictive power of such solutions has been demonstrated to enable researchers to bypass the traditional experimental screening of billions of molecules against hundreds of biological targets, thereby, allowing significant reductions in the investment of both time and resources.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 130+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

 

Over 90 players currently claim to provide in silico drug discovery services for biologics

More than 70% of these companies are small and mid-sized firms. Further, close to 60% of the CROs engaged in this domain, claim to provide services to both pharmaceutical companies and academic institutes. It is worth mentioning that about 30% of players presently offer end-to-end drug discovery services

 

Over 150 software solutions are currently available for use in drug discovery

Around 90 companies are currently providing software tools, web applications and other technology platforms for drug discovery. Examples of popular softwares include (in alphabetical order) FORECASTER SUITE, MOPAC2016™, PKPlus™, REAL Space Navigator, SaaS Platform and VolSurf+.

 

Nearly 80% of in silico drug discovery service providers are based in the developed geographies

This can be attributed to the relatively high adoption of the in silico approach by players based in Europe and North America. On the other hand, there are companies that are using this approach for drug discovery operations, in emerging regions, such as India and China, as well.

 

Around 40% of the companies claim to specialize in antibodies, proteins and peptides

Within the antibodies segment, nearly 60% of in silico service offerings are focused on the discovery of monoclonal antibodies. This is followed by companies providing services for antibody fragments (43%), bispecific antibodies (34%) and polyclonal antibodies (26%).

 

Using in silico solutions / tools is estimated to save ~35% of the overall drug discovery cost

By 2030, we anticipate net, annual cost savings of over USD 23 billion to be brought about by the adoption of in silico tools in large molecule drug discovery processes. The computation approach also enables researchers to expedite the overall process, thereby, saving a significant amount of time, as well.

 

North America and Europe are anticipated to capture over 75% of the market share by 2030

Within North America, US is anticipated to hold the 90% of the market share. It is worth mentioning that the market in Asia-Pacific region is anticipated to grow at a relatively faster rate (16.1%).

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link      

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading in silico service providers for discovery of different types of large molecule drugs?
  • What are the key challenges associated with the discovery of large molecule drugs?
  • What is the likely cost saving opportunity associated with the use of in silico tools?
  • What are the key computational approaches being used by in silico service providers for drug discovery operations?
  • What are the popular business strategies being used by in silico drug discovery service providers?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

The USD 124 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the in silico drug discovery market for large molecules has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Key Drug Discovery Steps
  • Target Identification
  • Target Validation
  • Hit Generation
  • Hit-to-Lead
  • Lead Optimization

 

  • Type of Large Molecule
  • Antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides
  • Nucleic Acids
  • Vectors

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large

 

  • Target therapeutic Area
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Blood Disorders
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders
  • Hormonal Disorders
  • Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Mental Disorders
  • Musculoskeletal Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Urogenital Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom the in silico approaches significantly simplifies the drug discovery process, offering better screening accuracy, as well as enabling innovators to reduce wet-lab efforts. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

 

The research covers brief profiles of several companies (including those listed below); each profile features an overview of the company, financial information (if available), in silico-based service(s) portfolio and an informed future outlook.

  • Abzena
  • BioDuro
  • BioNTech
  • ChemPartner
  • Creative Biostructure
  • GenScript
  • LakePharma
  • Sundia MediTech
  • Sygnature Discovery
  • Viva Biotech

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-silico-drug-discovery/298.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  2. Global Stem Cells Market: Focus on Clinical Therapies, 2020–2030
  3. Companion Diagnostics Services Market, 2020-2030

 

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Human Microbiome Market: Focus on Therapeutics (including gut-brain axis targeting drugs), Diagnostics and Fecal Microbiota Therapies


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 640+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of microbiome therapeutics, providing information on drug / therapy developer(s) (such as year of establishment, location of headquarters and company size), clinical study sponsor(s) or collaborators, phase of development (clinical, preclinical, and discovery stage) of product candidates, type of molecule (small molecule and biologic), type of therapy (prebiotic, probiotic, and prescription drug), target indication(s), key therapeutic area(s), molecular / biological target (if available), mechanism of action (if available), route of administration, type of drug formulation (tablet, capsule, gel, lotion, cream, ointment, nasal spray and 4+ categories), dosing frequency (reported for clinical candidates only), and information on special drug designations (if any). In addition, the chapter highlights the various technology platforms that are being actively used for the development of microbiome therapeutics.

 

  • Elaborate profiles of key players (established after 2005) that are engaged in the development of microbiome therapeutics (which are presently in both preclinical and clinical stages of development); each profile features a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), microbiome-based product portfolio, information on advanced stage (phase II and above) pipeline candidates (featuring a drug overview, current status of development, clinical trial information, and clinical trial end-point analysis) and an informed future outlook.

 

  • A discussion on the various types of diagnostic tests, specifically highlighting the importance of next-generation sequencing within this field of research, along with [A] a detailed review of the current market landscape of microbiome diagnostic tests, including the information on the developer(s) (such as year of establishment, location of headquarters and company size), stage of development (commercialized and under development), type of sample used (blood, feces, saliva and vaginal swab), target indication(s), key therapeutic area(s), result turnaround time, and purpose of diagnosis, [B] brief profiles of popular diagnostic developers, and [C] an indicative list of screening and profiling test kits, including information on the developer(s) (such as year of establishment, location of headquarters and company size), type of sample used (blood, feces, saliva and vaginal swab), key therapeutic area(s), and result turnaround time.

 

  • A review of the historical evolution and other relevant aspects of FMT therapies, including details on the process of donor selection, therapy procedure, route of administration, important clinical guidelines, regulatory guidelines and insurance coverage, along with [A] a detailed assessment of the current market landscape of FMT therapies, providing information on FMT developer(s) (such as year of establishment, location of headquarters and company size), status of development (commercialized, clinical, and preclinical stage), target indication(s), key therapeutic area(s), and route of administration, [B] a geographical clinical trial analysis of ongoing / planned / completed studies of FMTs sponsored by non-industry players, featuring details related to specific FMT therapies and analysis based on relevant parameters, such as the number of registered trials, year of registration, current status, phase of development, study design, type of sponsor(s), target indication(s), key therapeutic area(s), key focus areas, number of patients enrolled and leading non-industry player(s), and [C] information on various stool banks (including year of establishment and location of headquarters), along with brief profiles of the most prominent stool banks located across the globe.

 

  • A detailed business portfolio analysis based on an attractiveness and competitiveness (AC) framework, highlighting the current market attractiveness and existing competition across the most popular disease indication(s) for which microbiome therapeutics are under investigation.

 

  • An analysis of the varied microbiome-focused initiatives of big pharma players (out of top 20 established pharmaceutical players), featuring a [A] heat map representation that highlights microbiome therapeutics under development (in partnership with core microbiome product developers), along with information on funding, partnership activity, and diversity of product portfolio (in terms of disease indication(s) being treated and focus therapeutic area(s)), and [B] a spider web representation of the individual competitiveness of the initiatives of big pharma players based on multiple relevant parameters.

 

  • An analysis of the start-ups / small-sized players (established in the last seven years, with less than 50 employees) engaged in the development of microbiome therapeutics and diagnostics, featuring heat map representation based on parameters, such as number of microbiome therapeutics under development, diversity of product portfolio, funding information (including funding amount, number of investors and evolution of investment activity), partnership activity, disease indication(s) being treated and focus therapeutic area(s), and strength of intellectual property portfolio.

 

  • An assessment of the most commonly targeted therapeutic indications and details of microbiome-based drugs that are being developed against them, highlighting key epidemiological facts about specific diseases, available methods of diagnosis, and currently available treatment options and their side effects.

 

  • An analysis of the investments made, including seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings, at various stages of development in start-ups / small-sized companies (established in last seven years, with less than 50 employees) that are focused on developing microbiome therapeutics and diagnostics.

 

  • An elaborate discussion on the various steps involved in the development and manufacturing of microbiome therapeutics, along with [A] an indicative list of contract manufacturers, along with details on year of establishment, location of headquarters, company size, scale of operation, facility location and microbiome production capacity, [B] an indicative list of companies with in-house manufacturing facilities for microbiome therapeutics, along with details on year of establishment, location of headquarters, and company size, [C] an indicative list of CROs that currently claim to have the necessary capabilities to offer various research services (such as screening, sequencing, characterization, analytical), along with details on year of establishment, location of headquarters, company size, and service portfolio details, and [D] an insightful Harvey ball analysis of key considerations that need to be taken into account by industry stakeholders while selecting a suitable CMO / CRO partner.

 

  • An assessment of the emerging role of big data, highlighting efforts focused on the development and implementation of various algorithms / tools to analyze data generated from microbiome research along with [A] an insightful google trends analysis to demonstrate the rising interest of stakeholders in using big data tools to support microbiome research over the past decade, [B] a list of companies offering big data-related services / tools to support microbiome research, and [C] brief profiles of some of the popular companies that are engaged in this field of research.

 

  • An informative case study on the various other applications of microbiome products, such as agriculture, animal health, plant health, food products, featuring a list of nearly 80 products, including probiotic supplements, cosmetics, and over-the-counter (OTC) products that are being used as dietary supplements.

 

The USD 4 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the microbiome therapeutics (Tx) market and diagnostics (Dx) markets, has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Therapy (Tx)
  • Prescription Drug
  • Prebiotics
  • Probiotics

 

  • Type of Molecule (Tx)
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Indication (Tx+Dx)
  • Acne Vulgaris
  • Atopic Dermatitis
  • Clostridium difficile Infection
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Crohn’s Disease
  • Diabetes
  • Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • Lactose Intolerance
  • Lung Cancer
  • Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • Obesity
  • Ulcerative colitis

 

  • Therapeutic Area (Tx+Dx)
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Dental Disorders
  • Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders
  • Dermatological Disorders
  • Infectious Disease
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncology
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions (Tx+Dx)
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading developers of microbiome therapeutics and diagnostic tests?
  • What are the key technology platforms (available / under development) for microbiome-related therapies and diagnostics?
  • What are the disease indications against which microbiome-based therapeutics are being evaluated?
  • Which companies are targeting gut-brain axis for the development of microbiome therapies?
  • Who are the leading (industry and non-industry) players involved in the development of FMT products?
  • Who are the key contract research / manufacturing service providers in this domain?
  • What is the trend in capital investments in microbiome-related R&D?
  • What are the contributions of big pharma players in this domain?
  • Which are the popular players offering big data-related services / tools to support microbiome research?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity for microbiome-based therapeutics and diagnostics is likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Antibody Drug Conjugates Market (5th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  3. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030
  4. Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs and Targets Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

260 drug candidates are being evaluated in clinical / preclinical stages for the treatment of a wide variety of disease indications; the US has emerged as the major hub for microbiome-based research


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

The concept of microbiome-based therapeutics has generated significant enthusiasm within the medical science community, defining a new frontier in the field of medicine. Despite having captured the interest of several venture capital firms and big pharma players, no microbiome-based therapeutic has been officially approved by an authorized medical product regulator. However, the current development pipeline of microbiome therapeutics has several promising candidates that are likely to result in commercial success stories soon.

 

To order this 640+ page report, which features 235+ figures and 275+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 4 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the microbiome therapeutics (Tx) market and diagnostics (Dx) markets, has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Therapy (Tx)
  • Prescription Drug
  • Prebiotics
  • Probiotics

 

  • Type of Molecule (Tx)
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Indication (Tx+Dx)
  • Acne Vulgaris
  • Atopic Dermatitis
  • Clostridium difficile Infection
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Crohn’s Disease
  • Diabetes
  • Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • Lactose Intolerance
  • Lung Cancer
  • Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • Obesity
  • Ulcerative colitis

 

  • Therapeutic Area (Tx+Dx)
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Dental Disorders
  • Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders
  • Dermatological Disorders
  • Infectious Disease
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncology
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions (Tx+Dx)
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

 

The Human Microbiome Market, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • 4D Pharma
  • Armata Pharmaceuticals
  • Evelo Biosciences
  • Rebiotix (Acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals)
  • Seres Therapeutics
  • Vedanta Biosciences

 

Table of Contents

  1. Preface

 

  1. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Microbiome Therapeutics: Market Landscape

 

  1. Company and Drug Profiles

 

  1. Microbiome Diagnostics: Market Landscape

 

  1. Fecal Microbiota Therapy (FMT)

 

  1. Attractiveness Competitiveness (AC) Matrix

 

  1. Microbiome Related Initiatives of Big Pharmaceutical Players

 

  1. Start-up Health Indexing

 

  1. Key Therapeutics Areas

 

  1. Funding and Investment Analysis

 

  1. Contract Services for Microbiome Therapeutics

 

  1. Big Data and Microbiome Therapeutics

 

  1. Microbiome Therapeutics: Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Microbiome Diagnostics: Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Fecal Microbiota Therapies: Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Case Study: Microbiome-based Products in Other Industries

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix I: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix II: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/human-microbiome-market/281.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

Human Microbiome-based Products Market is projected to be worth USD 4 Billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of over 40%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Human Microbiome Market, 2019-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

To order this 640+ page report, which features 235+ figures and 275+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, 260 drug candidates are being evaluated in clinical / preclinical stages for the treatment of a wide variety of disease indications; the US has emerged as the major hub for microbiome-based research
  • The pipeline features both prebiotic and probiotic drugs, being evaluated across different stages of development; majority of these products are designed for administration via non-invasive routes, such as oral and topical
  • Microbiome therapeutics have demonstrated the potential to target a range of therapeutic areas; digestive and GI disorders, oncology, infectious diseases, and metabolic disorders are amongst the prime focus areas
  • Over 10 microbiome-focused disease diagnosis tests are already available in the market; several companies claim to have initiatives in this domain based on different sample types and therapeutic areas
  • Presently, FMTs are the only commercially available microbiome products for the treatment of recurrent CDIs; in fact, several trials evaluating FMTs, sponsored by non-industry players, have been registered in the past decade
  • Over time, well funded start-ups have initiated product development programs, having invested significant time and effort to explore the applicability of microbiome therapeutics across various indications
  • Several big pharmaceutical players have partnered with smaller and dedicated microbiome-based therapy / diagnostic developers in order to expand their respective capabilities in this upcoming field of pharmacology
  • Contract service providers have become an integral part of microbiome supply chain owing to their technical expertise and ability to overcome existing challenges related to both R&D and production
  • Prevalent trends indicate that microbiome drugs and diagnostics market is poised to grow significantly; the forecasted opportunity is anticipated to be distributed across different target indications and regions
  • Microbiome therapeutic developers are expected to witness significant momentum, in terms of revenues generation, as multiple late stage molecules for the treatment of different clinical conditions get commercialized

 

For more information please visit: 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/human-microbiome-market/281.html

 

Table of Contents

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Concept of Microbiota and Microbiome

3.2.1.    Discovery of the Human Microbiome

3.2.2.    Functions of the Human Microbiome

 

3.3.      Overview of Gut Flora

3.3.1.    Role of Gut Flora in Healthy Individuals

3.3.2.    Factors Affecting Gut Flora

3.3.2.1. Antibiotic Consumption

3.3.2.2. Age and Pregnancy

3.3.2.2.1. Mode of Childbirth

3.3.2.2.2. Type of Feeding

3.3.2.2.3. Antibiotic Consumption by Mother

3.3.2.3. Stress-related Factors

3.3.2.4. Dietary Factors

3.3.2.5. Impact of Lifestyle

 

3.4.      The Microbiome and Disease

3.4.1.    Cancer

3.4.2.    Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)

3.4.3.    Obesity

3.4.4.    Parkinson’s Disease

3.4.5.    Type-II Diabetes

3.4.6.    Other Disease Indications

3.5.      Impact of Microbiota on Drug Pharmacokinetics

3.6.      Impact of Microbiota on Therapeutic Outcomes

 

3.7.      Microbiome Therapeutics

3.7.1.    Probiotics

3.7.1.1. Beneficial Bacterial Strains

3.7.1.1.1. Lactobacilli

3.7.1.1.2. Bifidobacteria

3.7.1.1.3. Others

 

3.7.1.2. Key Therapeutic Areas

3.7.1.2.1. Antibiotic-Associated Diarrhea (AAD)

3.7.1.2.2. Bacterial Vaginosis

3.7.1.2.3. High Blood Pressure

3.7.1.2.4. Hypercholesterolemia

3.7.1.2.5. Infectious Childhood Diarrhea (ICD)

3.7.1.2.6. Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)

3.7.1.2.7. Lactose Intolerance

3.7.1.2.8. Vitamin Production

3.7.1.2.9. Weight Management

 

3.7.1.3. Side Effects of Probiotics

 

3.7.2.    Prebiotics

3.7.2.1. Sources of Prebiotics

3.7.2.2. Types of Prebiotics

3.7.2.2.1. Fructo-Oligosaccharides (FOS)

3.7.2.2.2. Galacto-Oligosaccharides (GOS)

3.7.2.2.3. Inulin

 

3.7.2.3. Key Therapeutic Areas

3.7.2.3.1. Antibiotic Associated Diarrhea (AAD)

3.7.2.3.2. Constipation

3.7.2.3.3. Gastrointestinal Disorders

3.7.2.3.4. Dysbiosis

3.7.2.4. Side Effects of Prebiotics

 

3.8.      The Human Microbiome Project (HMP)

3.8.1.    Project Approach

3.8.2.    Project Initiatives

3.8.3.    Project Achievements

                       

3.9.      Regulatory Guidelines for Live Biotherapeutic Products (LBPs)

3.10.     Key Challenges in the Development of Microbiome Therapeutics

3.11.     Future Perspectives

 

  1. MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS: MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Microbiome Therapeutics: Clinical Pipeline

4.2.1.    Analysis by Phase of Development

4.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

4.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.2.4.    Analysis by Target Indication

4.2.5.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.2.6.    Analysis by Dosing Frequency

4.2.7.    Analysis by Route of Administration

4.2.8.    Analysis by Drug Formulation

 

4.3.      Microbiome Therapeutics: Early-Stage Pipeline

4.3.1.    Analysis by Phase of Development

4.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

4.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.3.4.    Analysis by Target Indication

4.3.5.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

 

4.4.      Microbiome Therapeutics: List of Drug Developers

4.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.4.2.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.4.3.    Analysis by Company Size

4.4.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

4.4.5.    Leading Drug Developers: Analysis by Number of Microbiome Therapeutics

 

4.5.      Grid Analysis: Microbiome and Key Therapeutic Areas

 

4.6.      Microbiome Therapeutics: List of Discontinued Drugs

4.7.      Emerging Role of Microbiome in Gut-Brain Axis

4.8.      Microbiome Therapeutics: List of Technology Platforms

 

  1. COMPANY AND DRUG PROFILES

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      4D Pharma

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Microbiome-based Product Portfolio

5.2.2.1. Blautix®

5.2.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.2.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.2.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.2.2.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.      Armata Pharmaceuticals

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.3.2.1. C16G2

5.3.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.3.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.3.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.3.2.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.      Evelo Biosciences

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.4.2.1. EDP1503

5.4.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.4.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.4.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.4.2.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.      Rebiotix (Acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals)

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Financial Information

5.5.3.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.5.3.1. RBX2660

5.5.3.1.1. Drug Overview

5.5.3.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.5.3.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.5.3.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.      Seres Therapeutics

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Financial Information

5.6.3.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.6.3.1. SER-109

5.6.3.1.1. Drug Overview

5.6.3.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.6.3.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.6.3.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

 

5.6.3.2. SER-287

5.6.3.2.1. Current Status of Development

5.6.3.2.3. Clinical Studies

5.6.3.2.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.      Vedanta Biosciences

5.7.1.    Company Overview

5.7.2.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.7.2.1. VE303

5.7.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.7.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.7.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.7.3.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. MICROBIOME DIAGNOSTICS: MARKET LANDSCAPE

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Overview of Microbiome Diagnostic Tests

6.3.      Microbiome Diagnostic Tests: Marketed and Under Development Products

6.3.1.    Analysis by Stage of Development

6.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Sample Required

6.3.3.    Analysis by Target Indication

6.3.4.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

6.3.5.    Analysis by Purpose

 

6.4.      Microbiome Diagnostic Tests: List of Diagnostic Developers

6.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

6.4.2.                Analysis by Location of Headquarters

6.4.3.    Analysis by Company Size

6.4.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

6.4.5.    Leading Diagnostic Developers: Analysis by Number of Microbiome Diagnostics

 

6.5.      Profiles of Prominent Diagnostic Developers

6.5.1.    Enterome Bioscience

6.5.1.1. Company Overview

6.5.1.2. Service Portfolio

 

6.5.2.    Vaiomer

6.5.2.1. Company Overview

6.5.2.2. Service Portfolio

6.6.      Overview of Microbiome Screening / Profiling Tests

6.6.1.    List of Microbiome Screening / Profiling Tests

6.6.2.    List of Microbiome Screening / Profiling Test Developers

 

  1. FECAL MICROBIOTA THERAPY (FMT)

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Introduction to FMT

7.3.      Historical Overview

7.4.      FMT: Procedure and Clinical Relevance

7.4.1.    Donor Selection

7.4.2.    Administration Procedure

7.4.3.    Routes of Administration

7.4.4.    Consequences and Adverse Events

7.4.5.    Clinical Guidelines Associated with FMT

 

7.5.      Regulatory Guidelines Related to FMT

7.6.      Insurance Coverage for FMT

 

7.7.      FMT: Competitive Landscape

7.7.1.    Marketed / Development Pipeline (Industry Players)

7.7.1.1. Analysis by Phase of Development

7.7.1.2. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.7.1.3. Analysis by Route of Administration

 

7.7.2.    List of Developers (Industry Players)

7.7.2.1. Analysis by Year of Establishment

7.7.2.2. Analysis by Location of Headquarters

7.7.2.3. Analysis by Company Size

 

7.8.      Clinical Trial Analysis (Non-Industry Sponsored)

7.8.1.    Scope and Methodology

7.8.2.    List of Clinical Trials

7.8.2.1. Analysis by Trial Registration Year

7.8.2.2. Analysis by Trial Status

7.8.2.3. Analysis by Phase of Development

7.8.2.4. Analysis by Patients Enrolled

7.8.2.5. Analysis of Number of Patients Enrolled by Trial Registration Year

7.8.2.6. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.8.2.7. Analysis by Popular Target Indications

7.8.2.8. Analysis by Trial Registration Year and Recruitment Status

7.8.2.9. Analysis by Study Design

7.8.2.10.           Leading Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Trials

7.8.2.11.           Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

7.8.2.12.           Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

7.8.2.13.           Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

7.8.2.14.           Analysis by Trial Focus

7.8.2.15.           Key Clinical Trials

 

7.9.      Stool Banks

7.9.1.    Introduction to Stool Banks

7.9.2.    List of Stool Banks

 

7.9.3.    Profiles of Prominent Stool Banks

7.9.3.1. AdvancingBio

7.9.3.1.1. Overview

7.9.3.1.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.2. Asia Microbiota bank

7.9.3.2.1. Overview

7.9.3.2.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.3. Enterobiotix

7.9.3.3.1. Overview

7.9.3.3.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.4. Flora Medicine

7.9.3.4.1. Overview

7.9.3.4.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.5. OpenBiome

7.9.3.5.1. Overview

7.9.3.5.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

  1. ATTRACTIVENESS COMPETITIVENESS (AC) MATRIX

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      AC Matrix: An Overview

8.2.1.    Strong Opportunity Areas

8.2.2.    Average Opportunity Areas

8.2.3.    Weak Opportunity Areas

 

8.3.      AC Matrix: Analytical Methodology

8.4.      AC Matrix: Plotting the Information

8.5.      AC Matrix: Analyzing the Data

8.5.1.    Strong Opportunity Areas

8.5.2.    Average Opportunity Areas

8.5.3.    Weak Opportunity Areas

 

  1. MICROBIOME RELATED INITIATIVES OF BIG PHARMACEUTICAL PLAYERS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Scope and Methodology

 

9.3.      Initiatives of Big Pharmaceutical Players

9.3.1.    Analysis by Portfolio Diversity

9.3.2.    Analysis by Phase of Development

9.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

9.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

9.3.5.    Analysis by Diversity of Therapeutic Areas

 

9.4.      Benchmark Analysis of Big Pharmaceutical Players

9.4.1.    Spider Web Analysis: Company A

9.4.2.    Spider Web Analysis: Company B

9.4.3.    Spider Web Analysis: Company C

9.4.4.    Spider Web Analysis: Company D

9.4.5.    Spider Web Analysis: Company E

9.4.6.    Spider Web Analysis: Company F

9.4.7.    Spider Web Analysis: Company G

9.4.8.    Spider Web Analysis: Company H

9.4.9.    Spider Web Analysis: Company I

9.4.10.  Spider Web Analysis: Company J

9.4.11.  Spider Web Analysis: Company K

 

  1. START-UP HEALTH INDEXING

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Scope and Methodology

10.3.     Benchmark Analysis of Start-ups

10.3.1.  Benchmark Analysis by Portfolio Diversity

10.3.2.  Benchmark Analysis by Phase of Development

10.3.3.  Benchmark Analysis by Diversity in Therapeutic Areas

10.3.4.  Benchmark Analysis by Funding Amount

10.3.5.  Benchmark Analysis by Number of Investors

10.3.6.  Benchmark Analysis by Progression in Funding

10.3.7.  Benchmark Analysis by Partnership Activity

10.3.8.  Benchmark Analysis by Patent Portfolio

10.3.9.  Start-up Health Indexing: Roots Analysis Perspective

10.3.9.1. Short Profiles of Top Five Players

10.3.9.1.1. Evelo Biosciences

10.3.9.1.2. AOBiome Therapuetics

10.3.9.1.3. SFA Therapeutics

10.3.9.1.4. Azitra

10.3.9.1.5. Axial Biotherapeutics

 

  1. KEY THERAPEUTIC AREAS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Metabolic Disorders

11.2.1.  Diabetes

11.2.1.1. Disease Description

11.2.1.2. Associated Health Risks / Complications

11.2.1.3. Epidemiology

11.2.1.4. Disease Diagnosis

11.2.1.5. Current Treatment Options

11.2.1.5.1. Insulin Therapies

11.2.1.5.2. Non-Insulin Therapies

11.2.1.6. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.2.1.7. Microbiome Therapeutics for Diabetes

 

11.2.2.  Lactose Intolerance

11.2.2.1. Disease Description

1.2.2.2. Epidemiology

11.2.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.2.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for Lactose Intolerance

 

11.2.3.  Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)

11.2.3.1. Disease Description

11.2.3.2. Epidemiology

11.2.3.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.3.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for NASH

 

11.2.4.  Primary Hyperoxaluria

11.2.4.1. Disease Description

11.2.4.2. Epidemiology

11.2.4.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.4.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for Primary Hyperoxaluria

 

11.2.5.  Obesity

11.2.5.1. Disease Description

11.2.5.2. Epidemiology

11.2.5.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.5.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.2.5.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Obesity

 

11.3.     Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders

11.3.1.  Crohn’s Disease

11.3.1.1. Disease Description

11.3.1.2. Epidemiology

11.3.1.3. Current Treatment Options

11.3.1.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.3.1.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Crohn’s Disease

 

11.3.2.  Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)

11.3.2.1. Disease Description

11.3.2.2. Epidemiology

11.3.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.3.2.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for IBS

 

11.3.3.  Ulcerative Colitis

11.3.3.1. Disease Description

11.3.3.2. Epidemiology

11.3.3.3. Current Treatment Options

11.3.3.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.3.3.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Ulcerative Colitis

 

11.4.     Oncological Indications

11.4.1.  Colorectal Cancer

11.4.1.1. Disease Description

11.4.1.2. Epidemiology

11.4.1.3. Current Treatment Options

11.4.1.4. Side Effects of Current Treatments

11.4.1.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Colorectal Cancer

                       

11.4.2.  Lung Cancer

11.4.2.1. Disease Description

11.4.2.2. Epidemiology

11.4.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.4.2.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.4.2.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Lung Cancer

 

11.5.     Dermatological Disorders

11.5.1.  Acne Vulgaris

11.5.1.1. Disease Description

11.5.1.2. Epidemiology

11.5.1.3. Current Treatment Options

11.5.1.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.5.1.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Acne Vulgaris

 

11.6.     Infectious Diseases

11.6.1.  Clostridium Difficile Infections (CDIs)

11.6.1.1. Description

11.6.1.2. Epidemiology

11.6.1.3. Disease Diagnosis

11.6.1.4. Current Treatment Options

11.6.1.5. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.6.1.6. Microbiome Therapeutics for CDI

 

11.6.2.  Bacterial Vaginosis

11.6.2.1. Disease Description

11.6.2.2. Epidemiology

11.6.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.6.2.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.6.2.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Bacterial Vaginosis

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Types of Funding

 

12.3.     Microbiome Therapeutics and Diagnostics: List of Funding and Investments

12.3.1.  Analysis by Number of Instances

12.3.2. Analysis by Amount Invested

12.3.3. Analysis by Type of Funding

12.3.4. Analysis by Type of Company

12.3.5. Analysis by Purpose of Funding

12.3.6. Analysis by Type of Molecule

12.3.7. Analysis by Target Indication

12.3.8. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

12.3.9.  Analysis by Geography

12.3.10. Most Active Players

12.3.11. Most Active Investors

12.3.12.  Analysis by Type of Investors

12.3.13. Analysis by Location of Investors

12.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONTRACT SERVICES FOR MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Manufacturing Microbiome Therapeutics

13.2.1.  Key Steps Involved

13.2.2.  Associated Challenges

13.2.3.  Growing Demand for Contract Manufacturing Services

 

13.2.4.  Contract Manufacturing Organizations (CMOs)

13.2.4.1. Introduction to Contract Manufacturing

13.2.4.2. List of Organizations Offering Services for Microbiome Therapeutics

 

13.2.5.  In-House Manufacturers

13.2.5.1. Introduction to In-House Manufacturing

13.2.5.2. List of In-House Manufacturers

 

13.3.     Microbiome Therapeutics-related R&D

13.3.1.  Growing Demand for Contract Research Services

13.3.2.  Contract Research Organizations (CROs)

13.3.2.1. Introduction to Contract Research

13.3.2.2. List of Organizations Offering Services for Microbiome Therapeutics

 

13.4.     Key Considerations for Selecting a Suitable CMO / CRO Partner

 

  1. BIG DATA AND MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Introduction to Big Data

14.3.     Internet of Things

14.4.     Growing Interest in Big Data: Google Trends Analysis

14.5.     Key Application Areas

 

14.6.     Big Data in Microbiome Research

14.6.1.  Microbiome Data and Personalized Medicine

14.6.2.  Microbiome-related Data Management Challenges

14.6.3.  National Microbiome Data Center

 

14.7.     Big Data Services for Microbiome Research: List of Companies

14.8.     Big Data Services for Microbiome Research: Profiles of Key Players

14.8.1.  Human Longevity

14.8.1.1. Company Overview

14.8.1.2. Technology and Service Portfolio

14.8.1.3. Recent Developments

 

14.8.2.  Resilient Biotics

14.8.2.1. Company Overview

14.8.2.2. Technology and Service Portfolio

14.8.2.3. Recent Developments

 

14.8.3.  Resphera Biosciences

14.8.3.1. Company Overview

14.8.3.2. Technology and Service Portfolio

 

  1. MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS: MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Scope and Limitations

15.3.     Forecast Methodology

 

15.4.     Overall Microbiome Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030

15.4.1.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Therapy, 2025 and 2030

15.4.1.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Prescription Drugs, 2019-2030

15.4.1.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Prebiotic Drugs, 2019-2030

15.4.1.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Probiotic Drugs, 2019-2030

 

15.4.2.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Molecule, 2025 and 2030

15.4.2.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Small Molecules, 2019-2030

15.4.2.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Biologics, 2019-2030

 

15.4.3.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Target Indication, 2025 and 2030

15.4.3.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Acne Vulgaris, 2019-2030

15.4.3.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Atopic Dermatitis, 2019-2030

15.4.3.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for CDI, 2019-2030

15.4.3.4. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Crohn’s Disease, 2019-2030

15.4.3.5. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Dental Caries, 2019-2030

15.4.3.6. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Diabetes, 2019-2030

15.4.3.7. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for IBS, 2019-2030

15.4.3.8. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Lactose Intolerance, 2019-2030

15.4.3.9. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Lung Cancer, 2019-2030

15.4.3.10. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for NASH, 2019-2030

15.4.3.11. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Primary Hyperoxaluria, 2019-2030

15.4.3.12. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Psoriasis, 2019-2030

15.4.3.13. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Ulcerative Colitis, 2019-2030

 

15.4.4.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area, 2025 and 2030

15.4.4.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Autoimmune Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Dental Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.4. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Dermatological Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.5. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Infectious Diseases, 2019-2030

15.4.4.6. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.7. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Oncology, 2019-2030

 

15.4.5.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2025 and 2030

15.4.5.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market in North America, 2019-2030

15.4.5.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market in Europe, 2019-2030

15.4.5.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030

15.4.6.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Leading Drug Developers, 2025 and 2030

15.5.     Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Leading Therapeutic Products, 2019-2030

15.5.1.  Drug-wise Sales Forecast

15.5.1.1. IBP-9414 (Infant Bacterial Therapeutics)

15.5.1.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.1.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.1.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.2.1. Oxabact (OxThera)

15.5.2.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.2.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.2.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.3.1. RBX2660 (Rebiotix)

15.5.3.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.3.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.3.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.4.1. RP-G28 (Ritter Pharmaceuticals)

15.5.4.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.4.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.4.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.5.1. SER-109 (Seres Therapeutics)

15.5.5.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.5.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.5.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

  1. MICROBIOME DIAGNOSTICS: MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Scope and Limitations

16.3      Forecast Methodology

16.4.     Overall Microbiome Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030

16.4.1.  Overall Microbiome Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.4.2.  Overall Microbiome Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

16.5.     Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Target Indications, 2019, 2030

16.5.1.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Target Indications, 2019 and 2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Colorectal Cancer, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Diabetes, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBD, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBS, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.5. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for NASH, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.6. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Obesity, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.7. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

16.5.2.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Target Indications, 2019 and 2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Colorectal Cancer, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Diabetes, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBD, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBS, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.5. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for NASH, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.6. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Obesity, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.7. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

16.6.     Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019-2030

16.6.1.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019 and 2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Oncology, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

16.6.2.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019 and 2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Oncology, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

16.7.     Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2019-2030

16.7.1.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2019 and 2030 (By Value)

16.7.1.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in North America, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.7.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Europe, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.7.1.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

16.7.2.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2019 and 2030 (By Volume)

16.7.2.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in North America, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.7.2.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Europe, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.7.2.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

  1. FECAL MICROBIOTA THERAPIES: MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Scope and Limitations

17.3.     Forecast Methodology

17.4.     Overall FMT Market, 2019-2030

17.4.1.  Overall FMT Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

17.4.2.  Overall FMT Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

17.5.     Overall Microbiome Market by Product Offerings, 2019-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: MICROBIOME-BASED PRODUCTS IN OTHER INDUSTRIES

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     List of Microbiome Products in Other Industries

18.2.1.  Applications of Microbiome Based Products in Cosmetics and Food Industry

18.3.     Applications of Microbiome Based Products in Agriculture Industry

18.4.     Future Prospects

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

20.1      Chapter Overview

20.2.     Floragraph

20.2.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Alicia Scheffer, Chief Executive Officer

 

20.3.     Rebiotix

20.3.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Lee Jones, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

20.4.     S-Biomedic

20.4.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Veronika Oudova, Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

20.5.     Whole Biome

20.5.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Colleen Cutcliffe, Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

20.6.     Siolta Therapeutics

20.6.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Nikole E Kimes, Co-founder and Vice President

 

20.7.     OpenBiome

20.7.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.7.2.  Interview Transcript: James Burges, Executive Director

 

20.8.     Assembly Biosciences

20.8.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.8.2.  Interview Transcript: JP Benya, Vice President, Business Development

                       

20.9.     List Biological Laboratories

20.9.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.9.2.  Interview Transcript: Debbie Pinkston, Vice President, Sales and Business Development

 

20.10.   Metabiomics

20.10.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.10.2. Interview Transcript: Gregory J Kuehn, Vice President, Business Development and Marketing

 

20.11.   MicroBiome Therapeutics

20.11.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.11.2. Interview Transcript: Mark Heiman, Chief Scientific Officer and Vice President, Research

 

20.12.   Universal Stabilization Technologies

20.12.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.12.2. Interview Transcript: Alexander Segal, Vice President, Business Development

 

20.13.   BiomX

20.13.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.13.2. Interview Transcript: Assaf Oron, Chief Business Officer

 

20.14.   Da Volterra

20.14.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.14.2. Interview Transcript: Pierre-Alain Bandinelli, Chief Business Officer

 

20.15.   Chung Mei Pharmaceutical

20.15.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.15.2. Interview Transcript: Alexander Lin, Associate General Manager

 

20.16.   Pacific Northwest National Laboratories

20.16.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.16.2. Interview Transcript: Aaron Wright, Senior Scientist

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Human Microbiome-based Products Market is projected to be worth USD 4 Billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of over 40%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Over the years, extensive R&D efforts have enabled microbiome-based therapy / diagnostic developers to make significant strides, in terms of progressing proprietary product candidates into the clinic

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Human Microbiome Market, 2019-2030” report to its list of offerings

 

The report features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the diverse capabilities of stakeholders engaged in this domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of microbiome therapeutics, providing information on drug / therapy developer(s).
  • Elaborate profiles of key players (established after 2005) that are engaged in the development of microbiome therapeutics.
  • A detailed review of the current market landscape of microbiome diagnostic tests, brief profiles of popular diagnostic developers and indicative list of screening and profiling test kits.
  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of FMT therapies, a geographical clinical trial analysis and information on various stool banks.
  • A detailed business portfolio analysis based on an attractiveness and competitiveness (AC) framework.
  • An analysis of the varied microbiome-focused initiatives of big pharma players.
  • An analysis of the start-ups / small-sized players engaged in the development of microbiome therapeutics and diagnostics.
  • An assessment of the most commonly targeted therapeutic indications and details of microbiome-based drugs.
  • An analysis of the investments made at various stages of development in start-ups / small-sized companies.
  • An indicative list of contract manufacturers, in-house manufacturers and CROs that currently claim to have the necessary capabilities.
  • An assessment of the emerging role of big data highlighting efforts focused on the development and implementation of various algorithms / tools to analyze data generated from in the microbiome research.
  • An informative case study on the various other applications of microbiome products, such as agriculture, animal health, plant health, food products
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)

segments:

  • Type of Therapy (Tx)
  • Prescription Drug
  • Prebiotics
  • Probiotics

                   

  • Type of Molecule (Tx)
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Indication (Tx+Dx)
  • Acne Vulgaris
  • Atopic Dermatitis
  • Clostridium difficile Infection
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Crohn’s Disease
  • Diabetes
  • Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • Lactose Intolerance
  • Lung Cancer
  • Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • Obesity
  • Ulcerative colitis

 

  • Therapeutic Area (Tx+Dx)
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Dental Disorders
  • Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders
  • Dermatological Disorders
  • Infectious Disease
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncology
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions (Tx+Dx)
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • 4D Pharma
  • Armata Pharmaceuticals
  • Evelo Biosciences
  • Rebiotix (Acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals)
  • Seres Therapeutics
  • Vedanta Biosciences

 

For more information please click on the following link: 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/human-microbiome-market/281.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

Other Recent Offerings:

  1. Antibody Drug Conjugates Market (5th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  3. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030
  4. Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs and Targets Market, 2019-2030

 

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Human Microbiome-based Products Market is projected to be worth USD 4 Billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of over 40%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 20 hour(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Over the years, extensive R&D efforts have established the basis for a wide range of microbiome-based therapeutic and diagnostic products, which may cause a paradigm shift in the way healthcare is delivered in the foreseen future

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Human Microbiome Market, 2019-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

The concept of microbiome-based therapeutics has generated significant enthusiasm within the medical science community, defining a new frontier in the field of medicine. Despite having captured the interest of several venture capital firms and big pharma players, no microbiome-based therapeutic has been officially approved by an authorized medical product regulator. However, the current development pipeline of microbiome therapeutics has several promising candidates that are likely to result in commercial success stories soon.

 

To order this 640+ page report, which features 235+ figures and 275+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

 

260 therapy candidates are currently in different phases of development

Nearly 25% of pipeline drugs are in the clinical phase of development, while the rest are in the preclinical / discovery stage. Interestingly, most of these drugs target digestive and gastrointestinal disorders (20%); this is followed by product candidates intended for treatment of oncological disorders (17%) and infectious diseases (13%).

 

Over 30 microbiome diagnostic tests are currently available / under development

Around 30% of the abovementioned tests have been commercialized, while the rest are under development. Of the total tests, notable examples of companies that launched a microbiome-based diagnostic solution include (in alphabetical order) ARTPred, Genetic Analysis, Goodgut, Invivo Healthcare, IS-diagnostics, Luxia Scientific and Varinos.

 

FMTs are the only commercially available microbiome therapy

This therapeutic product is presently indicated for the treatment of recurrent Clostridium difficile infections (rCDIs). Further, non-industry players (such as University of Alberta, The Second Hospital of Nanjing Medical University, University of California and Chinese University of Hong Kong) are making notable contributions in this arena, having been involved in ~200 clinical trials till August 2019.

 

51% growth in capital investments has been observed since 2015; around 70% investment has come from Venture Capital investors

It is worth noting that more than 80 investors have supported the R&D programs initiated by start-ups focused on microbiome-related products.  Well-funded start-ups have initiated product development programs, having invested significant time and effort to explore the applicability of microbiome therapeutics across various indications.

 

Several big pharma players have microbiome-related initiatives

Leading pharmaceutical companies have actively partnered with smaller business entities to develop capabilities related to microbiome-based therapies / diagnostics. Examples of small ventures that have received support from big pharma players include Assembly Biosciences, Enterome Bioscience, Finch Therapeutics and NuBiyota.

 

Contract service providers have become an integral part of the microbiome supply chain

Presently, certain firms claim to offer a wide array of contract research / manufacturing services for microbiome therapeutics. Examples of such players include Adare Pharmaceuticals, Biose, Cobra Biologics, CoreBiome, List Biological Laboratories, NIZO, ProDigest, Quay Pharma and Wacker Chemie.

 

North America and Europe are anticipated to capture over 85% of the market share by 2030

As late stage products are commercialized, the microbiome therapeutics market is likely to grow at an annualized growth rate of over 30%, during the next decade. In addition to North America and Europe, the market in China / broader Asia Pacific region is also anticipated to grow at a relatively faster rate.

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link      

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading developers of microbiome therapeutics and diagnostic tests?
  • What are the key technology platforms (available / under development) for microbiome-related therapies and diagnostics?
  • What are the disease indications against which microbiome-based therapeutics are being evaluated?
  • Which companies are targeting gut-brain axis for the development of microbiome therapies?
  • Who are the leading (industry and non-industry) players involved in the development of FMT products?
  • Who are the key contract research / manufacturing service providers in this domain?
  • What is the trend in capital investments in microbiome-related R&D?
  • What are the contributions of big pharma players in this domain?
  • Which are the popular players offering big data-related services / tools to support microbiome research?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity for microbiome-based therapeutics and diagnostics is likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

 

The USD 4 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the microbiome therapeutics (Tx) market and diagnostics (Dx) markets, has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Therapy (Tx)
  • Prescription Drug
  • Prebiotics
  • Probiotics

 

  • Type of Molecule (Tx)
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Indication (Tx+Dx)
  • Acne Vulgaris
  • Atopic Dermatitis
  • Clostridium difficile Infection
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Crohn’s Disease
  • Diabetes
  • Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • Lactose Intolerance
  • Lung Cancer
  • Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • Obesity
  • Ulcerative colitis

 

  • Therapeutic Area (Tx+Dx)
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Dental Disorders
  • Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders
  • Dermatological Disorders
  • Infectious Disease
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncology
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions (Tx+Dx)
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom innovation in microbiome-related research is mostly being driven by start-ups / small-sized companies. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Veronika Oudova (Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, S-Biomedic)
  • Colleen Cutcliffe (Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer, Whole Biome)
  • Lee Jones (President and Chief Executive Officer, Rebiotix)
  • Mark Heiman (Chief Scientific Officer and Vice President, Research, MicroBiome Therapeutics)
  • Assaf Oron (Chief Business Officer, BiomX)
  • Pierre-Alain Bandinelli (Chief Business Officer, Da Volterra)
  • Nikole E Kimes (Co-founder and Vice President, Siolta Therapeutics)
  • James Burges (Executive Director, OpenBiome)
  • JP Benya (Vice President, Business Development, Assembly Biosciences)
  • Debbie Pinkston (Vice President, Sales and Business Development, List Biological Laboratories)
  • Gregory J Kuehn (Vice President, Business Development and Marketing, Metabiomics)
  • Alexander Segal (Vice President, Business Development, Universal Stabilization Technologies)
  • Alexander Lin (Associate General Manager, Chung Mei Pharmaceutical)
  • Aaron Wright (Senior Scientist, Pacific Northwest National Laboratories)

 

The research covers detailed profiles, featuring a brief company overview, its financial information (if available), product portfolio details (such as status of development of pipeline candidates, clinical trial information and analysis of key trial end-points), recent developments and an informed future outlook.

  • 4D Pharma
  • Armata Pharmaceuticals
  • Evelo Biosciences
  • Rebiotix (Acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals)
  • Seres Therapeutics
  • Vedanta Biosciences

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/human-microbiome-market/281.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Antibody Drug Conjugates Market (5th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  3. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030
  4. Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs and Targets Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape of companies offering human factors engineering and usability testing services for medi


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 200+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies offering HFE and usability testing services based on several relevant parameters, including developer information (year of establishment, company size and location of headquarters), types of certifications obtained, types of HFE services offered in the concept phase (user research and use error risk analysis and management), design and development phase (prototype development and designing and interface development and designing), verification and validation phase (usability inspection, formative studies / usability verification, pre-validation testing / clinical trial, and summative studies / usability validation) and documentation / file compilation phase, types of other services offered (regulatory guidance, packaging and labeling, training and post market surveillance) and types of medical devices designed by the company (drug delivery devices, clinical use / care devices, diagnostic devices, therapeutic devices, home use medical devices and different laboratory and surgical equipment).
  • A detailed company competitiveness analysis of HFE and usability testing service providers, taking into consideration the supplier power (based on the year of establishment of developer) and other key specifications (such as core services offered, other services offered and types of medical devices designed) of players.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various guidelines established by major regulatory bodies, governing medical device HFE and usability testing services, across different regions.
  • A detailed discussion on the cost implications across various steps of the HFE and usability testing process.
  • Profiles of HFE and usability testing service providers (shortlisted on the basis of the number of services offered), featuring an overview of the company, details related to their HFE and usability testing service portfolio and an informed future outlook.
  • A discussion on important industry-specific trends, key market drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, featuring a qualitative Harvey ball analysis that highlights the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on the overall HFE and usability testing services market.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Type of tools used
  • Generative tools
  • Evaluative tools

 

  • Type of steps involved
  • Contextual analysis
  • Task analysis
  • Design analysis
  • Formative studies
  • Use risk analysis
  • Known use error analysis
  • Summative studies
  • Regulatory document preparation’

 

  • Device class
  • Class I medical devices
  • Class II medical devices
  • Class III medical devices

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading players providing human factors engineering and usability testing services to medical device developers?
  • What is the cost associated with different steps of the human factors engineering and usability testing process for medical devices?
  • What kind of cost savings can be achieved through the adoption of the human factors engineering and usability testing approach for medical device development?
  • In the past, how has the adoption of human factors engineering and usability testing approaches impacted medical device recall rates?
  • How do the guidelines for human factors engineering and usability testing for medical devices, differ across key global regions?
  • What are the prevalent and emerging trends within the human factors engineering and usability testing service providers market?
  • How is the recent COVID-19 pandemic likely to impact human factors engineering and usability testing services market?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030
  2. Non-Invasive Neurostimulation Market, 2020-2030
  3. Medical Devices CROs Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

More than 90 companies claim to offer human factors engineering and usability testing services, catering to needs across different stages of the medical device development process, for medical devices, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Human factors engineering and usability testing have now become an essential part of product design across almost all industries, offering developers the chance to optimize proprietary products in alignment to the preferences of consumers

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 1 Billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the human factors engineering and usability testing market has been analysed across the following segments:

  • Type of tools used
  • Generative tools
  • Evaluative tools

 

  • Type of steps involved
  • Contextual analysis
  • Task analysis
  • Design analysis
  • Formative studies
  • Use risk analysis
  • Known use error analysis
  • Summative studies
  • Regulatory document preparation’

 

  • Device class
  • Class I medical devices
  • Class II medical devices
  • Class III medical devices

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

The Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Agilis
  • Human Factors Consulting Service
  • Human Factors MD
  • User wise
  • Ximedica
  • Austrian Center for Medical Innovation and Technology (ACIMT)
  • Auxergo
  • THAY Medical
  • Ergotech
  • Jonathan Bar-Or Industrial Design

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Regulatory Landscape

  4. Service Provider Landscape

 

  1. Company Competitive Analysis

  2. Company Profiles

  3. Cost Implications Related to Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

  4. Case Study: Medical Devices Recalls and Role of Human Factors Engineering

  5. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Case Study: Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market

  2. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/human-factors-engineering-and-usability-testing-services.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

 

The human factors engineering and usability testing service market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~14%, till 2030


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over time, a number of medical devices have been recalled due to various reasons; therefore, presently, HFE and usability testing is being perceived as a fundamental necessity in order to drive product development efforts
  • Currently, more than 90 companies claim to offer human factors engineering and usability testing services, catering to needs across different stages of the medical device development process
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented, featuring the presence of several well-established players and new entrants, many of which have varied service portfolios, focused on different types of medical devices
  • Players involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective service portfolios and gain an advantage over competitor firms
  • As device developers continue to rely on specialty service providers for critical inputs on device design, the HFE and usability testing services market is anticipated to register double digit growth in the long term

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/human-factors-engineering-and-usability-testing-services.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. 1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Context and Background

3.2.      Overview of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing

3.2.1.    Human Factors Engineering (HFE)

3.2.2.    Usability Testing

3.2.3.    Ergonomics and Hedonomics

3.3.      Human Factors Considerations for Medical Device Design

3.3.1.    Users

3.3.2.    Use Environment

3.3.3.    Device-User Interface

 

3.4.      Human Factors and Usability Testing Process

3.5.      Advantages of Outsourcing HFE Testing Operations

3.6.      Risks and Challenges Associated with Outsourcing HFE Testing Services

3.7.      Key Considerations for Selecting an HFE and Usability Testing Partner

 

  1. REGULATORY LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Key Regulatory Authorities on Human Factors and Usability Testing Services

4.3.      Regulatory Landscape in North America

4.3.1.    FDA Recognized Standards on Human Factors

4.3.2.    FDA Guidance Documents related to Human Factors

4.3.3.    FDA Human Factors Engineering Process

 

4.4.      Regulatory Landscape in Europe

4.4.1.    EU-Recognized Standards on Human Factors

4.4.2.    EU Human Factors Engineering Process

 

4.5.      Human Factors Engineering Pathway: Comparison of Guidelines in the US and EU

4.5.1.    Alignment between Regulations in the US and EU

4.5.2.    Abbreviated Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing

 

4.6.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. SERVICE PROVIDER LANDSCAPE

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers for Medical Devices: Overall Market Landscape

5.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

5.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.2.4.    Analysis by Types of Certifications Obtained

5.2.5.    Analysis by Types of Medical Device Designed

5.2.6.    Analysis by Types of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Offered

5.2.6.1. Analysis by Types of Services Offered in the Concept Phase

5.2.6.2. Analysis by Types of Services Offered in the Design and Development Phase

5.2.6.3. Analysis by Types Services Offered in the Verification and Validation Phase

5.2.7.    Analysis by Other Services Offered

 

5.3.      Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers for Medical Devices Software: Overall Market Landscape

5.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.3.2.    Analysis by Company Size

5.3.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Assumptions and Key Parameters

6.3.       Methodology

 

6.4.       Company Competitiveness Analysis

6.4.1.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers based in North America

6.4.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers based in Europe

6.4.3.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers based in Asia

            Pacific / RoW

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Service Providers in North America

7.2.1.    Agilis

7.2.1.1. Company Overview

7.2.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.2.    Human Factors Consulting Service

7.2.2.1. Company Overview

7.2.2.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.2.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.3.    Human Factors MD

7.2.3.1. Company Overview

7.2.3.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.3.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.4.    User wise

7.2.4.1. Company Overview

7.2.4.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.4.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.5.    Ximedica

7.2.5.1. Company Overview

7.2.5.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.5.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3.      Service Providers in Europe

7.3.1.    Austrian Center for Medical Innovation and Technology (ACMIT)

7.3.1.1. Company Overview

7.3.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3.2.    Auxergo

7.3.2.1. Company Overview

7.3.2.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.2.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3.3.    THAY Medical

7.3.3.1. Company Overview

7.3.3.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.3.3. Future Outlook

 

7.4.       Service Providers in Asia Pacific

7.4.1.    Ergotech

7.4.1.1. Company Overview

7.4.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.4.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.4.2.    Jonathan Bar-Or Industrial Design

7.4.2.1. Company Overview

7.4.2.2. Service Portfolio

7.4.2.3. Future Outlook

                       

  1. COST IMPLICATIONS RELATED TO HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING AND USABILITY TESTING PROCESS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Steps involved in Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

8.3.      Cost Distribution across the Different Steps of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

8.3.1.    Costs Associated with Contextual Inquiry

8.3.2.    Costs Associated with Task Analysis

8.3.3.    Costs Associated with Human Factors Assessment for Device Design

8.3.4.    Costs Associated with Formative Studies

8.3.5.    Costs Associated with Risk Analysis

8.3.6.    Costs Associated with Use Error Analysis

8.3.7.    Costs Associated with Summative Studies

8.3.8     Costs Associated with Regulatory Document Preparation

 

  1. CASE STUDY: MEDICAL DEVICE RECALLS AND ROLE OF HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Medical Device Recalls

9.3.      Five Major Medical Device Recalls Till-date

9.3.1.    West Pharmaceutical’s Fluid Transfer Systems

9.3.2.    Magellan Diagnostics’ Blood Lead Testing Systems

9.3.3.    Cook Medical’s Catheters

9.3.4.    Abbott’s Cardiac Pacemakers

9.3.5.    CareFusion’s Alaris Pump Module

9.4.      Human Factors Engineering: Managing the Risk of Device Recalls

9.4.1.    Cost Saving Potential Associated with Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing

 

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

10.3.     Overall Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030

 

10.4.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Type of Tools Used, 2020, 2025 and 2030

10.4.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools, 2020-2030

10.4.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools, 2020-2030

 

10.5.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020, 2025 and 2030

10.5.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Contextual Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.3.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.4.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies, 2020-2030

10.5.5.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.6.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.7.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies, 2020-2030

10.5.8.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation, 2020-2030

 

10.6.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Device Class, 2020,2025 and 2030

10.6.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices, 2020-2030

10.6.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices, 2020-2030

10.6.3.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices, 2020-2030

 

10.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Geography, 2020,2025 and 2030

 

10.7.1.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America:  Distribution by Types of Tools, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools in North America, 2020-2030

 

10.7.1.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services for Contextual Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.4. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.5. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.6. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.8. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation in North America, 2020-2030

 

10.7.1.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America: Distribution by Distribution by Device Class, 2020-2030

10.7.1.3.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.3.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.3.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices in North America, 2020-2030

 

10.7.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe: Distribution by Types of Tools, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools in Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.7.2.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services for Contextual Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.4. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.5. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.6. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.8. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation in Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.7.2.3.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe: Distribution by Distribution by Device Class, 2020-2030

10.7.2.3.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.3.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.3.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.7.3.       Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific: Distribution by Types of Tools, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services for Contextual Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.4. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.5. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.6. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.8. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

 

10.7.3.3.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific: Distribution by Distribution by Device Class, 2020-2030

10.7.3.3.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.3.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.3.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

 

10.7.4.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING AND USABILITY TESTING SERVICES MARKET

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on the Approval of Medical Devices

11.2.1   The US Scenario

11.2.2.  The European Scenario

11.3.     Impact of COVID-19 Outbreak of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

11.4.     Impact of Future Market Opportunity for Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Market

11.5.     Recuperative Strategies for CMO Business

11.5.1.  Strategies for Implementation in the Short / Mid Term

11.5.2.  Strategies for Implementation in the Long Term

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Strengths

12.3.     Weaknesses

12.4.     Opportunities

12.5.     Threats

12.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONCLUSION

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Key Takeaways

 

14        EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     DCA Design International

14.2.1.  Company Snapshot

14.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Daniel Jenkins, Head of Research (Human Factors and Interaction)

14.3.     THAY Medical

14.3.1.  Company Snapshot

14.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Greg Thay, Managing Director (THAY Medical)

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The human factors engineering and usability testing service providers market is projected to reach USD 1 Billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Human factors engineering and usability testing have now become an essential part of product design across almost all industries, offering developers the chance to optimize proprietary products in alignment to the preferences of consumers

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings

 

The report features an extensive study on the current market landscape and future of companies offering services for HFE and usability testing for medical devices. The study includes an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various service providers engaged in this market. Amongst other elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the overall landscape of companies offering human factors engineering and usability testing services for medical devices.
  • A detailed company competitiveness analysis of HFE and usability testing service providers, taking into consideration the supplier power (based on the year of establishment of developer) and key specifications, such as core services offered, other services offered and types of medical devices they have designed till date.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various guidelines established by major regulatory bodies, governing medical device HFE and usability testing services, across different regions.
  • A detailed discussion on the cost implications across various steps of the HFE and usability testing process.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players that claim to provide human factors engineering and usability testing services for medical devices.
  • A discussion on important industry-specific trends, key market drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of tools used
  • Generative tools
  • Evaluative tools

 

  • Type of steps involved
  • Contextual analysis
  • Task analysis
  • Design analysis
  • Formative studies
  • Use risk analysis
  • Known use error analysis
  • Summative studies
  • Regulatory document preparation’

 

  • Device class
  • Class I medical devices
  • Class II medical devices
  • Class III medical devices

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Agilis
  • Human Factors Consulting Service
  • Human Factors MD
  • User wise
  • Ximedica
  • Austrian Center for Medical Innovation and Technology (ACIMT)
  • Auxergo
  • THAY Medical
  • Ergotech
  • Jonathan Bar-Or Industrial Design

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/human-factors-engineering-and-usability-testing-services.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030
  2. Non-Invasive Neurostimulation Devices Market, 2020-2030
  3. Medical Devices CROs Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The human factors engineering and usability testing services market for medical devices is projected to reach USD 1 Billion by 2030, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Human factors engineering and usability testing have now become an essential part of product design across almost all industries, offering developers the chance to optimize proprietary products in alignment to the preferences of consumers

 

London

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

Given the growing regulatory stringency, there are a number of medical devices recalls reported each year. Moreover, as such solutions are gradually becoming increasingly complex, it is imperative to identify potential risks / hazards, in order to guarantee safety to end users post product launch. This has led many device developers to resort to human factors engineering and usability testing. However, the aforementioned processes require specialized resources and expertise. Therefore, outsourcing this aspect of product design and development, has become common among industry stakeholders.

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

 

Around 105 companies / organizations claim to be engaged in offering human factors engineering and usability testing services for medical devices

It is worth noting that this market is currently dominated by the presence of small players (2 to 50 employees), which represent more than 67% of the players. Further, more than 50% of the firms engaged in providing human factors engineering and usability testing services were established post 2000.

 

Majority (57%) of the players engaged in this domain offer services for hospital / laboratory equipment and instruments

Various companies (53%) engaged in this domain claim to offer human factors engineering and usability testing services for diagnostic devices, followed by those providing support for drug delivery devices (44%), home use medical devices (36%), clinical use devices (26%) and therapeutic devices (25%).

 

More than 90% companies provide design and development services for medical devices

Currently, over 80 players provide services for prototype design and development, while almost 70 firms offer services for interface development. In addition, 83% service providers offer verification and validation services; of these 65% players provide services for both formative testing and summative testing.

 

Implementation of human factors engineering and usability testing, at initial stages of device design and development, has been demonstrated to enable significant cost savings 

We believe that, by 2030, an increase in adoption (up to 41%) of human factors engineering and usability testing services for medical devices is likely to be observed, resulting in savings worth USD 1.4 billion.  Incorporation of such novel approaches is also anticipated to help developers in achieving high return on investments, in the range between 5:1 to 9:1.

 

By 2030, the market is anticipated to be worth close to USD 1 billion, growing at an annualized rate of 14.2%.  

Based on the revenues generated from different services for usability testing, currently, the maximum share is expected to be generated through evaluative testing methodologies (61%), followed by generative testing methodologies (39%).

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link       

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading players providing human factors engineering and usability testing services to medical device developers?
  • What is the cost associated with different steps of the human factors engineering and usability testing process for medical devices?
  • What kind of cost savings can be achieved through the adoption of the human factors engineering and usability testing approach for medical device development?
  • In the past, how has the adoption of human factors engineering and usability testing approaches impacted medical device recall rates?
  • How do the guidelines for human factors engineering and usability testing for medical devices, differ across key global regions?
  • What are the prevalent and emerging trends within the human factors engineering and usability testing service providers market?
  • How is the recent COVID-19 pandemic likely to impact human factors engineering and usability testing services market?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

 

The USD 1 Billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the human factors engineering and usability testing service providers market has been analysed across the following segments:

  • Type of tools used
  • Generative tools
  • Evaluative tools

 

  • Steps involved
  • Contextual analysis
  • Task analysis
  • Design analysis
  • Formative studies
  • Use risk analysis
  • Known use error analysis
  • Summative studies
  • Regulatory document preparation

 

  • Device class
  • Class I
  • Class II
  • Class III

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

The research covers profiles of key players (mentioned below) that offer human factors engineering and usability testing services for medical devices; each profile features an overview of the company, details related to its human factors engineering and usability testing portfolio, recent developments and an informed future outlook.

  • Agilis
  • Human Factors Consulting Services
  • Human Factors MD
  • User wise
  • Ximedica
  • Austrian Center for Medical Innovation and Technology (ACIMT)
  • Auxergo
  • THAY Medical
  • Ergotech
  • Jonathan Bar-Or Industrial Design

 

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/human-factors-engineering-and-usability-testing-services.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030
  2. Non-Invasive Neurostimulation Devices Market, 2020-2030
  3. Medical Devices CROs Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

The “HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the manufacturing of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs over the next decade.


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

To order this detailed 300+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering contract services for the manufacturing of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs, along with information on year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters, number and location of manufacturing facilities, facility size, type of service(s) offered (clinical manufacturing, commercial manufacturing, analytical testing, scale-up, process development / pre-formulation, formulation development, stability studies, regulatory support and fill / finish and packaging), type of product manufactured (HPAPIs and highly potent finished dosage forms), type of pharmacological molecule (biologics and small molecules), type of highly potent finished dosage form manufactured (capsules, granules, injectables, liquids and tablets), and type of primary packaging used (ampoules, blisters, prefilled syringes, conventional syringes, vials and others).
  • A competitiveness analysis of HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs contract manufacturers, taking into consideration supplier strength (based on company size and its experience in this field) and service strength (based on scale of operation, type of service(s) offered, type of product(s) manufactured, number and location of manufacturing facilities, type of highly potent finished dosage forms manufactured and type of primary packaging used).
  • Elaborate profiles of the key players (shortlisted based on a proprietary criterion) that offer a diverse range of capabilities for the development, manufacturing and packaging of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs, across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Each profile includes a brief overview of the company, its year of establishment, location of headquarters, number of employees and financial information (if available). In addition to this, the profile includes information on the various HPAPIs / cytotoxic dugs manufacturing services offered by the company, along with the location of their manufacturing facilities. Further, we have provided the recent developments of the company and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to the contract manufacturing of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs, which have been established since 2014, based on several parameters, such as the year of partnership, type of partnership, type of product, scale of operation, company size, amount invested in acquisitions, most active player and geographical analysis.
  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by service providers, in order to augment their respective HPAPI and cytotoxic drug manufacturing capabilities, over the period 2014-2019, taking into consideration several relevant parameters, such as year of expansion, type of expansion (capacity expansion, facility expansion and new facility), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), type of product manufactured (HPAPIs and highly potent finished dosage forms), and location of manufacturing facility.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain; it highlights the distribution of available HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs production capacity on the basis of company size (small-sized, mid-sized, large and very large companies), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), and across key geographical regions (North America, Europe, Asia Pacific and rest of the world).
  • A qualitative analysis, highlighting the various factors that need to be taken into consideration by highly potent drug developers while deciding whether to manufacture their respective products in-house or engage the services of a CMO.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution, under a comprehensive SWOT framework; it includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative effect of each SWOT parameter on the overall industry.
  • A case study on the antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) manufacturing market, highlighting a list of contract service providers and in-house manufacturers that are currently active in this space. Additionally, it includes a detailed set of analyses of these companies based on several parameters, such as year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters, number and location of manufacturing facilities, and type of service(s) offered.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Product
  • HPAPIs
  • Highly Potent Finished Dosage Forms

 

  • Company Size
  • Small-sized
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of Pharmacological Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Type of Highly Potent Finished Dosage Form
  • Injectables
  • Oral Solids
  • Creams
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the key manufacturers of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs, across the world?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this domain?
  • What is the current, installed contract manufacturing capacity for HPAPIs?
  • What are the key factors influencing the make (manufacture in-house) versus buy (outsource) decision related to HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs?
  • What are the key drivers and growth constraints in HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs manufacturing market?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 – 2030
  3. Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 – 2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Close to 120 companies across the globe claim to possess the required expertise and infrastructure to offer contract manufacturing services for HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Development initiatives of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs are generally very demanding, both in terms of experience and capital investment. Most companies generally lack the necessary resources to meet the aforementioned requirements and are unable to set up dedicated HPAPI and cytotoxic drug manufacturing facilities. This has led to an increased demand for contract manufacturing service providers in this field.

 

To order this 300+ page report, which features 75+ figures and 150+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 25 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs contract manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Product
  • HPAPIs
  • Highly Potent Finished Dosage Forms

 

  • Company Size
  • Small-sized
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of Pharmacological Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Type of Highly Potent Finished Dosage Form
  • Injectables
  • Oral Solids
  • Creams
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The “HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing (3rd Edition) 2020-2030report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • AbbVie Contract Manufacturing
  • CARBOGEN AMCIS
  • Catalent
  • Evonik
  • Formosa Laboratories
  • Intas
  • Lonza
  • MabPlex
  • Pfizer CentreOne

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Company Competitive Analysis

  5. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers based in North America: Company Profiles

  6. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers based in Europe: Company Profiles

  7. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers based in Asia Pacific: Company Profiles

  8. Partnerships and Collaborations

  9. Recent Expansions

  10. Capacity Analysis

  11. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

  12. Case-In-Point: Contract Manufacturing of Antibody Drug Conjugates

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/hpapi-and-cytotoxic-drugs-manufacturing/299.html  

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

 

Growing at an annualized rate of 12%, the HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs contract manufacturing market is projected to reach USD 25 billion by 2030, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing (3rd Edition) 2020- 2030”, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 300+ page report, which features 75+ figures and 150+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Close to 120 companies across the globe claim to possess the required expertise and infrastructure to offer contract manufacturing services for HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs
  • The market is fragmented, featuring the presence of both established players and new entrants based in different geographies that claim to be capable of manufacturing highly potent products, at varying scales of operation
  • In order to acquire competencies across the supply chain and cater to evolving needs of sponsors, companies offering services across different scales of operation have established presence in various geographical regions
  • In recent years, a steady increase in partnership activity has been observed in this domain; a variety of deals have been inked related to highly potent drug products
  • In order to enhance the core competencies in this domain, CMOs are actively investing in upgrading existing infrastructure and expanding their respective manufacturing capacities
  • Most of the installed, global HPAPI and cytotoxic drug manufacturing capacity belongs to established CMOs, accounting for close to 75% of the available capacity across various geographies
  • Case-in-point: ADCs represent a significant growth opportunity; over 30 CMOs currently extend their services to manufacture one or multiple components of an ADC molecule
  • We expect highly potent drug developers to continue to outsource their manufacturing operations in the mid to long term, causing service-based revenues to grow at an annualized rate of more than 10%
  • In the long-term, the projected opportunity for the contract manufacturing of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs is likely to be well distributed across various dosage forms, nature of molecules and sizes of contract service providers

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/hpapi-and-cytotoxic-drugs-manufacturing/299.html  

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.      Research Methodology
    1.3.      Chapter Outlines

    2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

    3.         INTRODUCTION
    3.1.      Chapter Overview
    3.2.      Overview of Highly Potent Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (HPAPIs)
    3.2.1.    Classification based on Potency of Pharmacological Ingredients
    3.2.2.    Types of HPAPIs
    3.2.3.    Challenges Associated with Handling HPAPIs
    3.2.4.    Considerations for Handling HPAPIs
    3.2.5.    Contract Manufacturing of HPAPIs and Cytotoxic Drugs
    3.2.5.1. Selection of a Suitable CMO Partner for HPAPI Manufacturing
    3.2.6.    Regulatory Considerations for HPAPI Manufacturing
    3.2.7.    Concluding Remarks
  2. MARKET LANDSCAPE
    4.1. Chapter Overview
    4.2.      HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers: Overall Market Landscape
    4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment
    4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size
    4.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation
    4.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Service(s) Offered
    4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Product
    4.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Pharmacological Molecule
    4.2.7.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters
    4.2.8.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facilities
    4.2.9.    Analysis by Facility Size
    4.2.10. Analysis by Type of Highly Potent Finished Dosage Forms (FDFs)
    4.2.11. Analysis by Type of Primary Packaging

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVE ANALYSIS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Methodology

5.3.      Assumptions and Key Parameters

5.4.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers based     in North America

5.5.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers based in Europe

5.6.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers based in Asia Pacific and Rest of the World

           

  1. HPAPI AND CYTOTOXIC DRUGS CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS BASED IN NORTH AMERICA: COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      AbbVie Contract Manufacturing

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

6.2.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

6.2.1.3. Recent Developments

6.2.1.4. Future Outlook

 

6.3.      Catalent

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

6.3.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.1.3. Recent Developments

6.3.1.4. Future Outlook

 

6.4.      Pfizer CentreOne

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

6.4.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

6.4.1.3. Recent Developments

6.4.1.4. Future Outlook

 

6.5.      Piramal Pharma Solutions

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

6.5.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

6.5.1.3. Recent Developments

6.5.1.4. Future Outlook

 

6.6.      SAFC (a business division of Sigma-Aldrich)

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

6.6.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

6.6.1.3. Recent Developments

6.6.1.4. Future Outlook

 

  1. HPAPI AND CYTOTOXIC DRUGS CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS BASED IN EUROPE: COMPANY PROFILES

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Carbogen Amics

7.2.1.    Company Overview

7.2.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

7.2.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

7.2.1.3. Recent Developments

7.2.1.4. Future Outlook

 

7.3.      Evonik

7.3.1.    Company Overview

7.3.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

7.3.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

7.3.1.3. Recent Developments

7.3.1.4. Future Outlook

 

7.4.      Lonza

7.4.1.    Company Overview

7.4.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

7.4.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

7.4.1.3. Recent Developments

7.4.1.4. Future Outlook

 

7.5.      Siegfried

7.5.1.    Company Overview

7.5.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

7.5.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

7.5.1.3. Recent Developments

7.5.1.4. Future Outlook

 

7.6.      Teva API

7.6.1.    Company Overview

7.6.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

7.6.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

7.6.1.3. Recent Developments

7.6.1.4. Future Outlook

 

  1. HPAPI AND CYTOTOXIC DRUGS CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS BASED IN ASIA PACIFIC: COMPANY PROFILES

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Formosa Laboratories

8.2.1.    Company Overview

8.2.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

8.2.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

8.2.1.3. Recent Developments

8.2.1.4. Future Outlook

 

8.3.      Intas Pharmaceuticals

8.3.1.    Company Overview

8.3.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

8.3.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

8.3.1.3. Future Outlook

 

8.4.      MabPlex

8.4.1.    Company Overview

8.4.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

8.4.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

8.4.1.3. Future Outlook

 

8.5.      ScinoPharm

8.5.1.    Company Overview

8.5.1.1. HPAPIs and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

8.5.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

8.5.1.3. Future Outlook

 

8.6.      STA Pharmaceutical (a WuXi AppTec company)

8.6.1.    Company Overview

8.6.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Service Offerings

8.6.1.2. Manufacturing Facilities

8.6.1.3. Recent Developments

8.6.1.4. Future Outlook

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Partnership Models

9.3.      HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Product

9.3.4.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

9.3.5.    Analysis by Company Size

9.3.6.    Analysis of Acquisitions by Amount Invested

9.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.8.    Geographical Analysis

9.3.8.1. Continent-wise Distribution

9.3.8.2. Country-wise Distribution

 

  1. RECENT EXPANSIONS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers: Recent Expansions

10.2.1.  Analysis by Year of Expansion

10.2.2.  Analysis by Type of Expansion

10.2.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation and Type of Expansion

10.2.4.  Analysis by Type of Product and Type of Expansion

10.2.5.  Analysis by Expanded Facility Area

10.2.6.  Analysis by Amount Invested

10.2.7.  Analysis by Company Headquarters and Company Size

10.2.8.  Analysis by Location of Facility and Type of Expansion

10.2.9.  Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Expansions

10.2.10. Geographical Analysis

10.2.10.1. Continent-wise Distribution

10.2.10.2. Country-wise Distribution

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Key Assumptions and Methodology

11.3.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturers: Global, Installed Capacity

11.3.1. Analysis by Company Size

11.3.2. Analysis by Scale of Operation

11.3.3. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

11.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MAKE VERSUS BUY DECISION MAKING FRAMEWORK

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing: Make versus Buy Decision Making

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

13.3.     Overall HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030

13.4.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030:  Distribution by Type of Product

13.5.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Company Size

13.6.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

13.7.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Pharmacological Molecule

13.8.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Highly Potent Finished Dosage Forms

13.9.     HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution across Key Geographical Regions

13.9.1.  HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030

13.9.1.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in the US, 2020-2030

13.9.1.2. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Canada, 2020-2030

13.9.1.3. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Mexico, 2020-2030

13.9.2.  HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030

13.9.2.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in the UK, 2020-2030

13.9.2.2. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Italy, 2020-2030

13.9.2.3. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Germany, 2020-2030

13.9.2.4. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in France, 2020-2030

13.8.2.5. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Spain, 2020-2030

13.9.2.6. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Rest of Europe, 2020-2030

13.9.3.   HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030 (USD Billion)

13.9.3.1. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030

13.9.3.2. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in India, 2020-2030

13.9.3.3. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in Rest of Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

13.9.4.  HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Contract Manufacturing Market in the Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Strengths

14.3.     Weaknesses

14.4.     Opportunities

14.5.     Threats

14.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CASE-IN-POINT: CONTRACT MANUFACTURING OF ANTIBODY DRUG CONJUGATES

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Key Components of ADCs

15.2.1.  Antibody

15.2.2.  Cytotoxin

15.2.3.  Linker

15.3.     Overview of ADC Manufacturing

15.3.1.  Key Process Steps

15.3.2.  Challenges Associated with ADC Manufacturing

15.3.3.  Growing Trend of Outsourcing in ADC Manufacturing

15.4.     Challenges Associated with Supply Chain and Method Transfer

15.5.     Growing Demand for One-Stop-Shops and Integrated Service Providers

15.6.     Key Considerations for Selecting a CMO Partner

15.7.     ADC Contract Manufacturers: Overall Market Landscape

15.7.1.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

15.7.2.  Analysis by Year of Establishment

15.7.3.  Analysis by Company Size

15.7.4.  Analysis by Service(s) Offered

15.7.5.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

15.7.5.  Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

15.7.6.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

 

17.2.     BSP Pharmaceuticals

17.2.1.  Company Snapshot

17.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Antonella Mancuso and Maria Elena Guadagno, Vice President and Chief Operating Officer and Business Director

 

17.3.     Catalent

17.3.1.  Company Snapshot

17.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Stacy McDonald and Jennifer L. Mitcham, Group Product Manager and Director-Business Development

 

17.4.     CordenPharma

17.4.1.  Company Snapshot

17.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Roberto Margarita, Business Development Director

 

17.5.     Helsinn

17.5.1.  Company Snapshot

17.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Allison Vavala, Senior Manager, Business Development

 

17.6.     Idifarma

17.6.1.  Company Snapshot

17.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Javier E. Aznárez Araiz, Business Development

 

17.7.     Piramal Healthcare

17.7.1.  Company Snapshot

17.7.2.  Interview Transcript: Dr. Mark Wright, Site Head, Grangemouth

 

17.8      ProJect Pharmaceutics

17.8.1.  Company Snapshot

17.8.2.  Interview Transcript: Klaus Hellerbrand, Managing Director

 

17.9.     Alphora Research

17.9.1.  Company Snapshot

17.9.2.  Interview Transcript: Kevin Rosenthal, Business Head, Formulations and Finished Products

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Growing at an annualized rate of 12%, the HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs contract manufacturing market is projected to reach USD 25 billion by 2030, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 1 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Manufacturing highly potent drug products is technically and financially demanding; as a result, drug manufacturers are becoming increasingly reliant on contract service providers

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing (3rd Edition) 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the contract manufacturing of HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs. The study also features a detailed analysis of the key drivers and trends related to this evolving domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies offering contract services for manufacturing HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs.
  • A competitiveness analysis of HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs contract manufacturers, featuring insightful representations.
  • Detailed profiles of leading contract manufacturers of HPAPI and cytotoxic drugs (shortlisted on the basis of proprietary criterion).
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in this domain, in the recent past.
  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by the players in this domain.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing HPAPIs and cytotoxic drugs based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain.
  • A qualitative analysis to decide whether to manufacture the potent products in-house or engage the services of a CMO.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution.
  • A case study on the antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) manufacturing market, highlighting a list of contract service providers and in-house manufacturers in this domain.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
    • Type of Product
  • HPAPIs
  • Highly Potent Finished Dosage Forms

 

  • Company Size
  • Small-sized
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of Pharmacological Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Type of Highly Potent Finished Dosage Form
  • Injectables
  • Oral Solids
  • Creams
  • Others
    • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies:

  • Antonella Mancuso (Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, BSP Pharmaceuticals) and Maria Elena Guadagno (Business Director, BSP Pharmaceuticals)
  • Klaus Hellerbrand (Managing Director, ProJect Pharmaceutics)
  • Kevin Rosenthal (Business Head, Formulations and Finished Products, Alphora Research)
  • Jennifer L Mitcham (Director, Business Development, Catalent Pharma Solutions) and Stacy McDonald (Group Product Manager, Catalent Pharma Solutions)
  • Roberto Margarita (Business Development Director, CordenPharma)
  • Allison Vavala (Senior Manager, Business Development, Helsinn)
  • Mark Wright (Site Head, Piramal Healthcare)
  • Javier E. Aznárez Araiz (Business Development Technician, Idifarma)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • AbbVie Contract Manufacturing
  • CARBOGEN AMCIS
  • Catalent
  • Evonik
  • Formosa Laboratories
  • Intas
  • Lonza
  • MabPlex
  • Pfizer CentreOne

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/hpapi-and-cytotoxic-drugs-manufacturing/299.html  

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 – 2030
  3. Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 – 2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

 

The “High Energy Chemistry / Hazardous Chemistry Services Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study on the current landscape and the likely future potential of the companies offering services for API manufacturing based on high energy chemistr


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 240+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering contract and custom services for HEC / hazardous chemistry-based API manufacturing, along with information on type of manufacturer (contract and custom manufacturer), year of establishment, company size, location of headquarters, number and location of manufacturing facilities, general service portfolio (type of product (APIs, intermediates, and drug products), HPAPI manufacturing capability and availability of continuous flow technology), HEC specific service portfolio (type of conditions handled such as high temperature, low temperature, high pressure, low pressure for API manufacturing processes). 
  • A detailed list of close to 150 manufacturing facilities equipped to handle API manufacturing processes / reactions under high temperature, low temperature, high pressure and low pressure conditions. The chapter features geographical map representations highlighting the location of these manufacturing facilities, along with logo landscape of manufacturers. The chapter also presents a detailed regional capability assessment framework which compares the capabilities of companies (based on manufacturing facilities) across different regions. It further includes information on type of reaction conditions handled (high temperature, low temperature, high pressure, low pressure) and operating range.
  • A competitiveness 3-D bubble analysis of HEC / hazardous chemistry-based contract and custom manufacturers, taking into consideration supplier strength (based year of establishment), service strength (general service portfolio (API, intermediate and FDF, availability of continuous flow technology), HEC / hazardous chemistry-based service portfolio (capability to handle API manufacturing processes under conditions, including high temperature, low temperature, high pressure, low pressure and other hazardous reaction capabilities), and number of HEC-specific manufacturing facilities of companies.
  • Elaborate profiles of the key players that offer a diverse range of capabilities for API manufacturing based on HEC / hazardous chemistry. Each profile includes a brief overview of the company, financial information (if available), details related to manufacturing facilities (pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities and HEC / hazardous chemistry specific facilities), information related to its HEC / hazardous chemistry based API manufacturing service portfolio (high temperature and low temperature reaction conditions handled, portfolio of hazardous reactions), recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • A case study providing insights on the general reaction portfolio related to small molecule synthesis processes. We have presented this information for HEC / hazardous chemistry-based companies, along with information on the availability of continuous flow technology and capabilities to handle varied reaction conditions, such as high temperature, low temperature, high pressure, and low pressure controls..
  • A detailed case study presenting a list of contract research organizations (CROs) and custom synthesis service providers which claim to have the required capabilities to provide a wide range of services, ranging from process development (including preliminary R&D), scale-up and small scale synthesis, for APIs based on HEC / hazardous chemistry.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution, under an elaborate SWOT framework. It also includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative effect of each SWOT parameter on the overall industry.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Reaction Conditions 
  • High Temperature
  • Low Temperature
  • High Pressure
  • Low Pressure

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and the Rest of the World 

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading players engaged in providing API manufacturing services based on HEC / hazardous reaction chemistries?
  • What are key geographical manufacturing hubs (in terms of location of facilities) for production of APIs based on HEC / hazardous reaction chemistries?
  • What are reaction-specific capabilities of service providers in this market?
  • What are the important recent developments within this industry?
  • What are the key factors that are likely to influence the evolution of this market?
  • What are the challenges faced by players engaged in this market?
  • How has the recent COVID-19 pandemic impacted the HEC based API manufacturing services market?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  2. Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030
  3. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Presently, over 100 service providers across the globe have capabilities to handle high energy / hazardous chemistry conditions, offering contract and custom manufacturing services for pharmaceutical APIs, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Various service providers claim to possess the required equipment for API synthesis under hazardous (high / low temperature and high / low pressure) conditions. Over time, the shift to high energy synthesis chemistries has demonstrated the benefits of closed, continuous reaction processes. Although many players continue to prefer the standard batch process, many are gradually adopting continuous flow technologies, especially for hazardous reactions.

 

To order this 240+ page report, which features 90+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD  29 Billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the HEC / hazardous services market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Reaction Conditions 
  • High Temperature
  • Low Temperature
  • High Pressure
  • Low Pressure

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

The High Energy Chemistry / Hazardous Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Focus on High Temperature, Low Temperature / Cryogenic, High Pressure and Low Pressure Chemistries, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • AGC Chemicals
  • Beijing Mediking Biopharm
  • Cambrex
  • CordenPharma
  • Evonik Indiustries
  • Hovione
  • Patheon
  • PCI Synthesis
  • Siegfried

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Case Study: Comparison of Small Molecules and Large Molecules

  4. Current Market Landscape

  5. Regional Capability Assessment

  6. Company Competitiveness Analysis

  7. Company Profiles

  8. Case Study I: Synthesis Reaction Portfolio of Companies

  9. Case Study II: Innovation Mapping in HEC Market

  10. Market Forecast

  11. SWOT Analysis

  12. Executive Insights

 

  1. Impact of Covid-19 Pandemic on the HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/high-energy-chemistry.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

 

The High Energy Chemistry / Hazardous Chemistry- based API manufacturing services market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~8%, till 2030


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on High Energy Chemistry / Hazardous Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Focus on High Temperature, Low Temperature / Cryogenic, High Pressure and Low Pressure Chemistries, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 240+ page report, which features 90+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, over 100 service providers across the globe have capabilities to handle high energy / hazardous chemistry conditions, offering contract and custom manufacturing services for pharmaceutical APIs
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented, featuring the presence of both established players and new entrants; majority of the companies have presence in Europe and Asia Pacific regions
  • API manufacturing facilities of service providers are well equipped to handle / maintain a wide range of temperature and pressure conditions to carry out HEC reactions
  • Industry stakeholders are actively expanding their existing capabilities through installation of advanced equipment at their manufacturing facilities, in order to maintain a competitive edge in the market
  • Service Providers are offering a diverse portfolio of reactions for manufacturing of synthetic APIs; Hydrogenation and Grignard reactions are the most popular types of reactions offered by players
  • Case In Point: Contract research service providers cater to the needs related to process development and small scale synthesis of APIs based on HEC / hazardous chemistry
  • In the long-term, the projected opportunity is anticipated to be worth USD 29 billion by 2030; the opportunity is anticipated to be well distributed across companies of varying sizes, scale of operation and geographies

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/high-energy-chemistry.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.                  Scope of the Report

1.2.                  Research Methodology

1.3.                  Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                  Chapter Overview

3.2.                  Overview of High Energy Chemistry (HEC) / Hazardous Chemistry for Small Molecule API Manufacturing

3.3.                  Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry

3.3.1.                Reaction Conditions

3.3.2.                Advantages

3.3.3.                Affiliated Production Processes

3.3.4.                Other Specific Requirements / Equipment

3.3.5.                List of Reactions

 

3.4.                  High Temperature Chemistry

3.4.1.                Reaction Conditions

3.4.2.                Advantages

3.4.3.                Affiliated Production Processes

3.4.4.                Other Specific Requirements / Equipment

3.4.5.                List of Reactions

           

3.5.                  High Pressure Chemistry

3.5.1.                Reaction Conditions

3.5.2.                Advantages

3.5.3.                Affiliated Production Processes

3.5.4.                Other Specific Requirements / Equipment

3.5.5.                List of Reactions

 

3.6.                  Need for Outsourcing HEC / Hazardous Chemistry-Based API Manufacturing in the Pharmaceutical Industry

 

3.7.                  Shift Towards Continuous Flow Chemistry

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL MOLECULES AND LARGE MOLECULES

4.1.                   Chapter Overview

4.2.                   Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

4.2.1.                Comparison of Key Characteristics

4.2.2.                Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

4.2.3.                Comparison of Key Manufacturing-related Challenges

4.3                   HEC / Hazardous Chemistry for Small Molecule Manufacturing

           

  1. CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

5.1.                  Chapter Overview

5.2.                  API Manufacturers with HEC Capability: Overall Market Landscape

 

5.2.1.                Analysis by Type of Manufacturing Service

5.2.2.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.3.                Analysis by Company Size

5.2.4.                Analysis by Geographical Location

5.2.5.                Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facilities

           

5.2.6.                Analysis by General Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Portfolio

5.2.6.1.             Analysis by Type of Product (API and FDF)

5.2.6.2.             Analysis by HPAPI Manufacturing Capability

5.2.7.                Analysis by Type of HEC Services Offered

5.2.7.1.             Analysis by Temperature Conditions Handled

5.2.7.2.             Analysis by Pressure Conditions Handled

5.2.8.                Analysis by Availability of Continuous Flow Technology

 

 

  1. REGIONAL CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT

6.1.                  Chapter Overview

6.2.                  List of Manufacturing Facilities having HEC Capabilities

           

6.2.1.                Manufacturing Facilities in North America

6.2.1.1.             Geographical Map Representation: Manufacturing Facilities with HEC Capabilities in North America

6.2.1.2.             Analysis by Type of Reaction Conditions Handled

6.2.1.3.             Analysis by Range of Reaction Conditions Handled

6.2.1.3.1.          Analysis by Temperature Conditions Handled

6.2.1.3.2.          Analysis by Pressure Conditions Handled

 

6.2.2.                Manufacturing Facilities in Europe

6.2.2.1.             Geographical Map Representation:  Manufacturing Facilities with HEC Capabilities in Europe

6.2.2.2.             Analysis by Type of Reaction Conditions Handled

6.2.2.3.             Analysis by Range of Reaction Conditions Handled

6.2.2.3.1.          Analysis by Temperature Conditions Handled

6.2.2.3.2.          Analysis by Pressure Conditions Handled

 

6.2.3.                Manufacturing Facilities in Asia Pacific

6.2.3.1.             Geographical Map Representation: Manufacturing Facilities with HEC Capabilities in Asia Pacific

6.2.3.2.             Analysis by Type of Reaction Conditions Handled

6.2.3.3.             Analysis by Range of Reaction Conditions Handled

6.2.3.3.1.          Analysis by Temperature Conditions Handled

6.2.3.3.2.          Analysis by Pressure Conditions Handled

 

6.3.                  Regional Capability Assessment Summary

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

7.1.                  Chapter Overview

7.2.                  Key Parameters

7.3.                  Methodology

 

7.4.                  Competitiveness Analysis: Companies in North America

7.4.1.                Companies in North America Offering HEC-based Contract Manufacturing

7.4.2.                Companies in North America Offering HEC-based Custom Manufacturing

 

7.5.                  Competitiveness Analysis: Companies in Europe

7.5.1.                Companies in Europe Offering HEC-based Contract Manufacturing

7.5.2.                Companies in Europe Offering HEC-based Custom Manufacturing

 

7.6.                  Competitiveness Analysis: Companies in Asia Pacific

7.6.1.                Companies in Asia Pacific Offering HEC-based Contract Manufacturing

7.6.2.                Companies in Asia Pacific HEC-based Offering Custom Manufacturing

 

7.7.                  Spider Web Analysis

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

8.1.                  Chapter Overview

8.2.                  AGC Chemicals

8.2.1.                Company Overview

8.2.2.                Financial Information

8.2.3.                Manufacturing Facility Details

8.2.4.                HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.2.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.3.                  Beijing Mediking Biopharm

8.3.1                 Company Overview

8.3.2                 Manufacturing Facility Details

8.3.3                 HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.3.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.4.                  Cambrex

8.4.1.                Company Overview

8.4.2.                Financial Information

8.4.3.                Manufacturing Facility Details

8.4.4.                HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.4.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.5.                  Corden Pharma

8.5.1                 Company Overview

8.5.2                 Manufacturing Facility Details

8.5.3                 HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.5.4                 Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.6.                  Evonik

8.6.1.                Company Overview

8.6.2.                Financial Information

8.6.3.                Manufacturing Facility Details

8.6.4.                HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.6.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

8.7.                  Hovione

8.7.1.                Company Overview

8.7.2.                Manufacturing Facility Details

8.7.3.                HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.7.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.8.                  Patheon

8.8.1.                Company Overview

8.8.2.                Manufacturing Facility Details

8.8.3.                HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.8.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.9.                  PCI Synthesis

8.9.1.                Company Overview

8.9.2.                Manufacturing Facility Details

8.9.3.                HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.9.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.10.                 Siegfried

8.10.1.             Company Overview

8.10.2.             Manufacturing Facility Details

8.10.3.             HEC Specific Service Offerings

8.10.4.             Financial Information

8.10.5.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. CASE STUDY I: SYNTHESIS REACTION PORTFOLIO OF COMPANIES

9.1.                  Context and Background

9.2.                  Reaction Portfolios of API Manufacturers with HEC Capabilities

 

9.2.1.                Analysis by Most Popular Reactions

9.2.1.1.             Most Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Large Players

9.2.1.2.             Most Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Mid-sized Players

9.2.1.3.             Most Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Small Players

9.2.1.4.             Most Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Other Players

           

9.2.2.                Analysis by Moderately Popular Reactions

9.2.2.1.             Moderately Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Large Players

9.2.2.2.             Moderately Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Mid-sized Players

9.2.2.3.             Moderately Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Small Players

9.2.2.4.             Moderately Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Other Players

 

9.2.3.                Analysis by Less Popular Reactions

9.2.3.1.             Less Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Large Players

9.2.3.2.             Less Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Mid-sized Players

9.2.3.3.             Less Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Small Players

9.2.3.4.             Less Popular Reactions: Portfolio of Other Players

 

9.2.4                 Analysis by Least Popular Reactions

 

  1. CASE STUDY II: INNOVATION MAPPING IN HEC MARKET

10.1.                 Context and Background

10.2.                 HEC-based Contract Research and Custom Synthesis Service Providers: Overall Market Landscape

10.2.1.             Analysis by Year of Establishment

10.2.2.             Analysis by Company Size

10.2.3.             Analysis by Geographical Location

10.2.4.             Analysis by HEC Conditions Handled

10.2.5.             Analysis by Availability of Continuous Flow Technology

10.2.6.             Company Competitiveness Analysis

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

11.3.                 Global HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030

 

11.4.                 HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Distribution by Region, 2020-2030

11.4.1.             HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market in North America

11.4.2.             HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Europe

11.4.3.             HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Asia Pacific

11.4.4.             HEC-Based API Manufacturing Services Market in Rest of the World

 

11.5.                 HEC-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Distribution by Reaction Conditions, 2020-2030

11.5.1.             High Temperature Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030

11.5.1.1.           High Temperature Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Distribution by Region, 2020-2030

11.5.1.1.1.        High Temperature Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

11.5.1.1.2.        High Temperature Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

11.5.1.1.3.        High Temperature Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

11.5.1.1.4.        High Temperature Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

11.5.2.              Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030

11.5.2.1.           Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Distribution by Region, 2020-2030

11.5.2.1.1.        Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

11.5.2.1.2.        Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

11.5.2.1.3.        Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

11.5.2.1.4.        Low Temperature / Cryogenic Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

11.5.3.              High Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030

11.5.3.1.           High Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Distribution by Region, 2020-2030

11.5.3.1.1.        High Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

11.5.3.1.2.        High Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

11.5.3.1.3.        High Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

11.5.3.1.4.        High Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

11.5.4.              Low Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030

11.5.4.1.           Low Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Distribution by Region, 2020-2030

11.5.4.1.1.        Low Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

11.5.4.1.2.        Low Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

11.5.4.1.3.        Low Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

11.5.4.1.4.        Low Pressure Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

12.1                  Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Strengths

12.3.                 Weaknesses

12.4.                 Opportunities

12.5.                 Threats

12.6.                 Concluding Remarks

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

 

  1. IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON THE HEC-BASED API MANUFACTURING SERVICES MARKET

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

14.2.                 Current Opinions and Recuperative Initiatives of Key Players

14.3.                 Impact on Future Market Opportunity for Pharmaceutical CMOs Focused on Offering Manufacturing Services for HEC-Based APIs

14.4.                 Recuperative Strategies for CMO Business

14.4.1.             Strategies for Implementation in the Short / Mid Term

14.2.2.             Strategies for Implementation in the Long Term

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

           

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The High Energy / Hazardous Chemistry-based API manufacturing services market is estimated to be worth USD 29 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Although hazardous reaction chemistries are not used during early drug development stages owing to the associated risks, they offer a wide range of benefits over traditional approaches, especially from the perspective of large-scale manufacturing

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “High Energy Chemistry / Hazardous Chemistry-based API Manufacturing Services Market: Focus on High Temperature, Low Temperature / Cryogenic, High Pressure and Low Pressure Chemistries, 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study on the current landscape and the likely future potential of the companies offering services for API manufacturing based on high energy chemistry (HEC) / hazardous chemistry. The study features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of a diverse set of industry stakeholders. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of service providers offering contract and custom services for HEC / hazardous chemistry-based API manufacturing. 
  • A detailed list of around 150 manufacturing facilities equipped to handle API manufacturing under high temperature, low temperature, high pressure and low pressure conditions.
  • A competitiveness 3-D bubble analysis of HEC / hazardous chemistry-based contract and custom manufacturers
  • Elaborate profiles of the key players that offer a diverse range of capabilities for API manufacturing based on HEC / hazardous chemistry.
  • A qualitative case study providing insights on the general reaction portfolio related to small molecule synthesis processes.
  • A detailed case study presenting a list of contract research organizations (CROs) and custom synthesis service providers engaged in this domain.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Reaction Conditions 
  • High Temperature
  • Low Temperature
  • High Pressure
  • Low Pressure
  • Key Geographical Region 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and the Rest of the World 

 

The report features inputs from the following eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom, as more companies become aware of the benefits of exploiting novel synthetic routes, via hazardous reaction chemistries, for drug development, the demand for HEC-based manufacturing services may be anticipated to increase in the coming years.

  • Eric Fang, Chief Scientific Officer, Snapdragon Chemistry
  • Anonymous, Novasep
  • Edward Price, President / Chief Executive Director, PCI Synthesis

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • AGC Chemicals
  • Beijing Mediking Biopharm
  • Cambrex
  • CordenPharma
  • Evonik Industries
  • Hovione
  • Patheon
  • PCI Synthesis
  • Siegfried

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/high-energy-chemistry.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  2. Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030
  3. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The “Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the contract manufacturing of antibodies.


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 285+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies, offering contract services for the manufacturing of antibodies, along with information on year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters, number of manufacturing facilities and location of these facilities, type of antibody manufactured (monoclonal antibodies, bispecific antibodies and polyclonal antibodies), type of expression systems used (mammalian, microbial and others), fill / finish operations and affiliations to regulatory agencies.
  • A competitiveness analysis of key players engaged in this domain, featuring an assessment based on their supplier strength (related to the experience of a contract manufacturer), and service strength (which takes into account the size of service portfolio and scale of operation).
  • A benchmark analysis, highlighting the key focus areas of small, mid-sized and large companies, comparing their existing capabilities within and beyond their respective (geography-based) peer groups.
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to contract manufacturing of antibodies, which have been established since 2013, based on several parameters, such as the year of agreement, type of partnership, project scale and focus therapeutic area.
  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by service providers, in order to augment their respective antibody manufacturing capabilities, over the period 2017-2019 (till October), taking into consideration parameters, such as year of expansion, type of expansion (capacity expansion, facility expansion and new facility), type of antibodies manufactured and location of manufacturing facility.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing antibodies based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain; it highlights the distribution of available antibody production capacity on the basis of company size (small, mid-sized, large and very large firms), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), and key geographical regions (North America, Europe, Asia).
  • Informed estimates of the annual commercial and clinical demand for antibodies, based on various relevant parameters, such as target patient population, dosing frequency and dose strength.
  • Elaborate profiles of the key industry players that offer contract manufacturing services at all scales of operation and have more than two manufacturing facilities. Each profile features a brief overview of the company, information on its service portfolio, details related to its manufacturing capabilities and facilities, and an informed future outlook.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps and challenges involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution, including a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative effect of each SWOT parameter on the overall pharmaceutical industry.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Antibodies
  • Monoclonal Antibodies
  • Bispecific Antibodies
  • ADCs
  • Others

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of expression system used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia and RoW

 

The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Dietmar Katinger (Chief Executive Officer, Polymun Scientific)
  • David C Cunningham (Director, Corporate Development, Goodwin Biotechnology)
  • Claire Otjes (Marketing Manager, Batavia Biosciences)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading CMOs engaged in the production of antibody-based therapeutics?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • What is the annual clinical and commercial demand for antibody-based products?
  • What is the current installed capacity for manufacturing of antibodies?
  • What are the various expansion initiatives undertaken by antibody CMOs?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Antibody Drug Conjugates (ADCs) - Linker and Conjugation Technologies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Antibody Drug Conjugates Market (5th Edition), 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Several companies worldwide claim to possess the required expertise and infrastructure to offer contract manufacturing services for a variety of antibody-based products

http://Several companies worldwide claim to possess the required expertise and infrastructure to offer contract manufacturing services for a variety of antibody-based products
Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Although biopharmaceuticals offer significant profit margins and have been proven to be effective in treating a myriad of diseases, they are generally associated with high costs of development and complex manufacturing protocols; this is true for antibody-based products as well. Presently, there are a number of companies that claim to offer end-to-end solutions, ranging from antibody development to commercial production. Further, prevalent trends suggest that sponsor companies are likely to continue relying on contract service providers for various aspects of antibody-based product development and manufacturing.

 

To order this 285+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 17 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the antibody contract manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Antibodies
  • Monoclonal Antibodies
  • Bispecific Antibodies
  • ADCs
  • Others

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of expression system used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia and RoW

 

The Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain: 

  • AGC Biologics
  • Aldevron
  • AMRI
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • Eurofins CDMO
  • FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies
  • KBI Biopharma
  • Lonza
  • Nitto Avecia Pharma Services
  • Novasep
  • Pierre Fabre
  • Samsung BioLogics
  • Synthon
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

 

  1. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Market Landscape

 

  1. Company Competitive Analysis

 

  1. Company Profiles

 

  1. Case Study: Comparison of Small and Large Molecules (Biologics) Drugs / Therapies

 

  1. Benchmark Analysis

 

  1. Partnerships

 

  1. Recent Expansions

 

  1. Capacity Analysis

 

  1. Demand Analysis

 

  1. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Future of The Antibody CMO Market

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: List of Antibody Custom Manufacturers

 

  1. Appendix 2: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 3: List of Companies and Organizations

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/antibody-cmo-market/295.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The antibody contract manufacturing market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of 12%, till 2030


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 285+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several companies worldwide claim to possess the required expertise and infrastructure to offer contract manufacturing services for a variety of antibody-based products.
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented, featuring the presence of both established players and new entrants; majority of antibody CMOs claim to operate as one stop shops and have presence across different regions.
  • In recent years, a steady increase in partnership activity has been observed in this domain; a variety of deals have been inked related to antibodies for use across a number of different disease indications.
  • At present, the installed, global antibody contract manufacturing capacity is estimated to be approximately 2.2 million liters, distributed across companies of all sizes worldwide.
  • In order to enhance core competencies related to this field of research, CMOs are actively investing in upgrading existing infrastructure and expanding their respective manufacturing capacities.
  • In fact, ongoing capability improvement efforts and facility upgrades have led to the establishment of industry benchmarks, which serve as a standard for new product development initiatives in this domain.
  • Given that there are several antibody-based drug / therapy candidates being evaluated across various stages of development, the demand for such products is anticipated to rise significantly over the next decade.
  • Antibody-based product developers are likely to continue to outsource their manufacturing operations in mid to long term, resulting in a multi-billion growth opportunity for contract service providers.

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/antibody-cmo-market/295.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Concept of an Antibody

3.3.      Structure of an Antibody

3.4.      Antibody Isotypes

3.5.      Mechanism of Action of Antibodies

 

3.6.      Types of Antibodies

3.6.1.    Monoclonal Antibodies

3.6.2.    Bispecific Antibodies

3.6.3.    Polyclonal Antibodies

 

3.7.      Overview of Contract Manufacturing

3.8.      Need for Outsourcing in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

3.9.      Advantages of Outsourcing Manufacturing Services

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview 

4.2.      Antibody Contract Manufacturers: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment 

4.2.2.    Analysis by Number of Employees 

4.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation 

4.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Antibody Manufacturing Facilities

4.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Antibodies Manufactured 

4.2.7.    Analysis by Expression Systems Used

4.2.8.    Analysis by Regulatory Accreditations / Certifications

4.2.9.    Additional Services Offered

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVE ANALYSIS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Assumptions and Key Input Parameters

5.3.      Methodology

5.4.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: Antibody Contract Manufacturers in North America

5.5.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: Antibody Contract Manufacturers in Europe

5.6.      Company Competitiveness Analysis: Antibody Contract Manufacturers in Asia

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      AGC Biologics

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Service Portfolio

6.2.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.2.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.3.      Aldevron

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Service Portfolio

6.3.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.3.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.4.      AMRI

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Service Portfolio

6.4.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.4.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.5.      BioXcellence (Boehringer Ingelheim)

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Service Portfolio

6.5.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.5.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.6.      Emergent BioSolutions

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Service Portfolio

6.6.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.6.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.7.      Eurofins CDMO

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Service Portfolio

6.7.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.7.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.8.      FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies

6.8.1.    Company Overview

6.8.2.    Service Portfolio

6.8.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.8.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.9.      KBI Biopharma

6.9.1.    Company Overview

6.9.2.    Service Portfolio

6.9.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.9.4.    Future Outlook

 

6.10.     Lonza

6.10.1.  Company Overview

6.10.2.  Service Portfolio

6.10.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.10.4.  Future Outlook

 

 

6.11.     Nitto Avecia Pharma Services

6.11.1.  Company Overview

6.11.2.  Service Portfolio

6.11.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.11.4.  Future Outlook

 

6.12.     Novasep

6.12.1.  Company Overview

6.12.2.  Service Portfolio

6.12.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.12.4.  Future Outlook

 

6.13.     Pierre Fabre

6.13.1.  Company Overview

6.13.2.  Service Portfolio

6.13.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.13.4.  Future Outlook

 

6.14.     Samsung BioLogics

6.14.1.  Company Overview

6.14.2.  Service Portfolio

6.14.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.14.4.  Future Outlook

 

6.15.     Synthon

6.15.1.  Company Overview

6.15.2.  Service Portfolio

6.15.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.15.4.  Future Outlook

 

6.16.     Thermo Fisher Scientific

6.16.1.  Company Overview

6.16.2.  Service Portfolio

6.16.3.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.16.4.  Future Outlook

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL AND LARGE MOLECULES (BIOLOGICS) DRUGS / THERAPIES

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Small Molecule Drugs and Biologics

7.2.1.    Comparison of Strengths and Weakness of Small Molecules and Biologics

7.2.2.    Comparison of Key Specifications

7.2.3.    Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

7.2.4.    Comparison of Key Manufacturing related Challenges

 

  1. BENCHMARK ANALYSIS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Methodology

8.3.      Region-wise Benchmarking

8.3.1.    North America, Peer Group I

8.3.2.    North America, Peer Group II

8.3.3.    North America, Peer Group III

8.3.4.    Europe, Peer Group IV

8.3.5.    Europe, Peer Group V

8.3.6.    Europe, Peer Group VI

8.3.7.    Asia, Peer Group VII

8.3.8.    Asia, Peer Group VIII

 

8.4.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Partnerships Models

 

9.3.      Antibody Contract Manufacturing: List of Partnerships

9.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.    Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

9.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Antibody

9.3.5.    Analysis by Project Scale

9.3.6.    Analysis by Focus Therapeutic Area

 

9.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships and Type of Partnership

9.3.8.    Geographical Analysis

9.3.8.1. Continent-wise Distribution

9.3.8.2. Country-wise Distribution

 

  1. RECENT EXPANSIONS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Antibody Contract Manufacturers: List of Expansions

10.2.1. Analysis by Year of Expansion

10.2.2. Analysis by Type of Expansion

10.2.3. Analysis by Type of Antibody

10.2.4. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

10.2.5. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility and Type of Expansion

10.2.6.  Analysis of Most Active Players by Number of Expansions

10.2.7.  Geographical Analysis

10.2.7.1. Country-wise Distribution

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Assumptions and Methodology

11.3.     Antibody Contract Manufacturing: Installed Global Capacity

11.3.1. Analysis by Company Size

11.3.2. Analysis by Scale of Operation

11.3.3.  Analysis by Expression System

11.3.4. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

11.3.5.  Analysis by Geography and Scale of Operation

11.3.6.  Analysis by Geography and Company Size        

11.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

12.1      Chapter Overview

12.2      Assumptions and Methodology

12.3      Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market: Overall Annual Demand

12.3.1. Analysis by Scale of Operation

12.3.2. Analysis by Geography

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

 

13.3.     Overall Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030

13.4.     Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Antibody

13.5.     Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Company Size

13.6.     Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

13.7.     Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Expression System Used

 

13.8.     Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Geography

13.8.1. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030

13.8.1.1. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Small    Companies

13.8.1.2. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized          Companies

13.8.1.3. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very      Large Companies

 

13.8.1.4. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical /       Clinical Scale Operations

13.8.1.5. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial      Scale Operations

 

13.8.1.6. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Mammalian       Cell-based Operations

13.8.1.7. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Microbial Cell-   based Operations

 

13.8.2. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030

13.8.2.1. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

13.8.2.2. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

13.8.2.3. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very Large        Companies

 

13.8.2.4. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical           Scale Operations

13.8.2.5. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Scale         Operations

 

13.8.2.6. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Mammalian Cell-           based Operations

13.8.2.7. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Microbial Cell-based        Operations

 

13.8.3. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030

13.8.3.1. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

13.8.3.2. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

13.8.3.3. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very Large    Companies

 

13.8.3.4. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Scale    Operations

13.8.3.5. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Scale    Operations

 

13.8.3.6. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Mammalian Cell-based        Operations

13.8.3.7. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia, 2020-2030: Share of Microbial Cell-based        Operations

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Strengths

14.3.     Weaknesses

14.4.     Opportunities

14.5.     Threats

14.6.     Comparison of SWOT Factors

14.7.     Concluding Remarks  

 

  1. FUTURE OF THE ANTIBODY CMO MARKET

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Outsourcing Activity Anticipated to Witness Significant Growth

15.3.     Shift from One-time Contractual Engagements to Strategic Partnerships

15.4.     Adoption of New and Innovative Technologies

15.5.     Growing Biosimilars Market to Contribute to the Growth of the Contract Services Segment

15.6.     Capability and Expertise Expansions by CMOs to become One Stop Shops

15.7.     Offshoring Outsourcing Activities to Maximize Profits and Expand Existing Capacities

15.8.     Challenges Faced by both Sponsors and Service Providers

15.9.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

16.1.     Chapter Overview 

16.2.     Dietmar Katinger, Chief Executive Officer, Polymun Scientific

16.3.     David C Cunningham, Director Corporate Development, Goodwin Biotechnology 

16.4.     Claire Otjes, Assistant Marketing Manager, Batavia Biosciences  

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: LIST OF ANTIBODY CUSTOM MANUFACTURERS

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 3: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The antibody contract manufacturing market is estimated to be worth USD 17 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

The benefits of engaging a CMO or CDMO for antibody development and production extend beyond fulfilling the needs of small companies; access to new technologies and operational flexibility are attractive attributes to larger players as well

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the contract manufacturing of antibodies. The study also features a detailed analysis of key drivers and trends related to this evolving domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies, offering contract services for the manufacturing of antibodies.
  • A competitiveness analysis of key players engaged in this domain, featuring an assessment based on their supplier strength and service strength.
  • A benchmark analysis, highlighting the key focus areas of small, mid-sized and large companies, comparing their existing capabilities within and beyond their respective (geography-based) peer groups.
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to contract manufacturing of antibodies, which have been established since 2013.
  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by service providers, in order to augment their respective antibody manufacturing capabilities, over the period 2017-2019 (till October).
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing antibodies based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain.
  • Informed estimates of the annual commercial and clinical demand for antibodies, based on various relevant parameters, such as target patient population, dosing frequency and dose strength.
  • Elaborate profiles of the key industry players that offer contract manufacturing services at all scales of operation and have more than two manufacturing facilities.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps and challenges involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of Antibodies
  • Monoclonal Antibodies
  • Bispecific Antibodies
  • ADCs
  • Others
  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large
  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial
  • Type of expression system used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia and RoW

 

  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies:
  • Dietmar Katinger (Chief Executive Officer, Polymun Scientific)
  • David C Cunningham (Director, Corporate Development, Goodwin Biotechnology)
  • Claire Otjes (Marketing Manager, Batavia Biosciences)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • AGC Biologics
  • Aldevron
  • AMRI
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • Eurofins CDMO
  • FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies
  • KBI Biopharma
  • Lonza
  • Nitto Avecia Pharma Services
  • Novasep
  • Pierre Fabre
  • Samsung BioLogics
  • Synthon
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific

 

For more information please click on the following link: 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/antibody-cmo-market/295.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Antibody Drug Conjugates (ADCs) - Linker and Conjugation Technologies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Antibody Drug Conjugates Market (5th Edition), 2019-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

 

The antibody contract manufacturing market is projected to reach USD 17 billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 12%, claims Roots Analysis

http://The antibody contract manufacturing market is projected to reach USD 17 billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 12%, claims Roots Analysis
Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

With over 100 therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and antibody-based products in the market, the demand for developing and manufacturing of such products is anticipated to increase beyond the capabilities of innovator companies alone

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of the “Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

Although biopharmaceuticals offer significant profit margins and have been proven to be effective in treating a myriad of diseases, they are generally associated with high costs of development and complex manufacturing protocols; this is true for antibody-based products as well. Presently, there are a number of companies that claim to offer end-to-end solutions, ranging from antibody development to commercial production. Further, prevalent trends suggest that sponsor companies are likely to continue relying on contract service providers for various aspects of antibody-based product development and manufacturing.

 

To order this 285+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

 

Over 100 CMOs presently claim to offer manufacturing services for antibodies

The antibody contract manufacturing market is currently dominated by the presence of small and mid-sized companies, which represent 70% of the industry stakeholders. It is also worth highlighting that more than 55% of CMOs claim to have the capabilities to manufacture antibodies across all scales of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial).

 

More than 90% service providers are focused on the production of monoclonal antibodies

However, players based in Asia are now increasingly focusing on the development of bispecific antibodies for therapeutic use. It worth highlighting that close to 20% of the CMOs engaged in this domain claim to offer manufacturing services for both bispecific antibodies and antibody fragments.

 

Europe has emerged as a key manufacturing hub for antibody-based products

More than 120 manufacturing facilities have been established by various players, worldwide; of these, 40% are in Europe. Additionally, 40% of the total installed capacity is in Europe, followed by Asia. Some of the prominent regions in Asia include (in decreasing order of number of manufacturing facilities) China, South Korea, India, Japan and Taiwan.

 

More than 90 partnership agreements have been inked between 2013 and 2019

Majority of these agreements were focused on manufacturing of various types of antibodies. Other popular types of collaboration models include process development and manufacturing agreements (22%), product development and manufacturing agreements (10%) and licensing agreements (7%).

 

Multiple expansion initiatives were undertaken by CMOs between 2017 and 2019

More than 50% of such initiatives were reported to be focused on the expansion of manufacturing facilities, followed by building new facilities (38%). It is worth noting that close to 50% of the total number of expansion initiatives were undertaken in Europe, of which, 25% were in the UK.

 

Demand for therapeutic antibodies is anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 10%, during 2020-2025

Given the fact that there are a number of antibody-based products in the market, the commercial demand for antibodies is significantly higher than the clinical demand. Across the three major global regions, North America represent over half of the overall global manufacturing demand for antibodies.

 

North America and Europe are anticipated to capture over 70% of the market share by 2030

However, the market in the Asia is anticipated to grow at a relatively faster rate. Further, presently, more than 90% of the antibodies are being developed using mammalian expression systems, and this trend is unlikely to change significantly in short to mid-term.

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link      

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading CMOs engaged in the production of antibody-based therapeutics?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • What is the annual clinical and commercial demand for antibody-based products?
  • What is the current installed capacity for manufacturing of antibodies?
  • What are the various expansion initiatives undertaken by antibody CMOs?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

The USD 17 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the antibody contract manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Antibodies
  • Monoclonal Antibodies
  • Bispecific Antibodies
  • ADCs
  • Others

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of expression system used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia and RoW

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom antibody therapeutics developers are increasingly outsourcing their manufacturing operations owing to complex nature of the overall process, as well as the high investments associated with setting-up in-house expertise. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Dietmar Katinger (Chief Executive Officer, Polymun Scientific)
  • David C Cunningham (Director, Corporate Development, Goodwin Biotechnology)
  • Claire Otjes (Marketing Manager, Batavia Biosciences)

 

The research covers profiles of key players that offer manufacturing services for antibodies, featuring a company overview, information on their respective service portfolios, manufacturing facilities and capabilities, and an informed future outlook.

  • AGC Biologics
  • Aldevron
  • AMRI
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • Eurofins CDMO
  • FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies
  • KBI Biopharma
  • Lonza
  • Nitto Avecia Pharma Services
  • Novasep
  • Pierre Fabre
  • Samsung BioLogics
  • Synthon
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/antibody-cmo-market/295.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Antibody Drug Conjugates (ADCs) - Linker and Conjugation Technologies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Antibody Drug Conjugates Market (5th Edition), 2019-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

 

Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of such compact diagnostic devices, over the next decade. The report feat


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 235+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • An overview of the current market landscape of the handheld ultrasound imaging devices, providing information on the status of development, application area (abdomen, cardiac, gynecological, pulmonary, urological scanning and others), weight of device, type of transducer array (convex / curved, linear, micro-convex, transvaginal, phased and others), transducer frequency, mode of imaging (brightness, color doppler, motion, power doppler, pulsed wave, tissue harmonic and others), field of view, scanning depth, type of software (smartphone application and customized software application), connectivity provision (universal serial bus (USB), cellular / WiFi and bluetooth), data management feature(s) (internal, external, and cloud / remote monitoring), battery backup and cost of device. In addition, it presents details of the device developers, highlighting year of establishment, company size, type of business model used (B2B and B2C), target market (domestic and domestic and international) and location of headquarters. Further, it highlights the key initiatives taken by the various device developers to tackle the on-going global pandemic of COVID-19.

 

  • An in-depth analysis of the contemporary market trends, presented using four schematic representations, including [A] a bubble analysis comparing the leading players engaged in the development of handheld ultrasound imaging devices, based on the parameters, such as application area, mode of imaging, number of devices and company size, [B] a grid representation illustrating the distribution of scanners based on application area, type of transducer array and type of software, [C] an insightful heat map representation, highlighting the distribution of devices on the basis of application area and mode of imaging, and [D] a tree map representation of the handheld ultrasound imaging devices, distributed on the basis of mode of imaging and connectivity provision.

 

  • Elaborate profiles of mid-sized / large companies that are engaged in the development of handheld ultrasound imaging scanners. Each company profile features a brief overview of the company (with information on year of establishment, number of employees, location of headquarters and key members of the executive team), details of their respective product portfolio, recent developments and an informed future outlook.

 

  • A detailed brand positioning analysis of key industry players, highlighting the current perceptions regarding their proprietary brands by taking into consideration several relevant aspects, such as strength of product portfolio, type of software, mode of imaging, connectivity provisions, geographical presence / reach and supplier power of each company.

 

  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been inked by stakeholders in the domain, during the time period 2010-2020 (till April), covering licensing agreements, acquisitions and mergers, research and development agreements, product distribution agreements and other relevant types of deals.

 

  • An insightful analysis highlighting cost saving potential associated with the use of handheld ultrasound imaging devices, based on information from close to 50 countries, taking into consideration various parameters, such as total number of radiologists, annual salary, number of ultrasound scans performed and increase in efficiency by adoption of these handheld ultrasound imaging devices.

 

  • An informed estimate of the global demand for handheld ultrasound imaging devices for the period 2020-2030, taking into account the impact of COVID-19, historical sales of these devices, and annual revenues (generated by sales of these devices) of prominent device manufacturers.

 

  • A review of the product distribution strategies adopted by different device-developers, demand and market attractiveness for handheld ultrasound imaging devices across different types of end-users, including ambulatory surgical centers, diagnostic imaging centers, hospitals, maternity clinics, specialty clinics, and other end-users.
  • An insightful discussion on the impact of COVID-19 on the overall handheld ultrasound imaging devices market, along with the key lessons learnt from big pharma players in 2008 recession.

 

  • An informative analysis of contemporary Google Trends in the time period between 2015 and 2020 (till April) and insights from the recent news articles related to handheld ultrasound imaging devices, indicating the increasing popularity of this domain.

 

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Application Area
  • Cardiac Scanning
  • Emergency Medicines
  • Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning
  • Musculoskeletal Scanning
  • Pulmonary Scanning
  • Urological Scanning
  • Vascular Surgery
  • Other Application Areas

 

  • Type of Transducer Array
  • Curved
  • Endocavity
  • Linear
  • Phased
  • Other Scanners

 

  • Type of Software
  • Smartphone Applications
  • Customized Software

 

  • End-Users
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Diagnostic Imaging Centers
  • Hospitals
  • Maternity Clinics
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Other End-Users

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and the Rest of the World

 

The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Stefan Maas (Chief Executive Officer, SomaView)
  • Anais Concepcion (Director of Content and Campaign Management, EchoNous)
  • Zhengzheng Zhu (Oversea Business Development, PeakSonic)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading developers of handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What are the key application areas for handheld ultrasound imaging scanners?
  • What is the potential usability of handheld ultrasound scanners devices for lung scanning in COVID-19 patients?
  • Which partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • What is the annual global demand for handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What is the impact of COVID-19 on the demand for handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What is the likely cost saving potential associated with the use of handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What are the key factors influencing the adoption of handheld ultrasound imaging scanners, among different end-users?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030
  2. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  3. Liquid Biopsy and Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030: Focus on Circulating Tumor Markers such as CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, Exosomes and Other Biomarkers

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Several players are currently engaged in the development / manufacturing over 100 point-of-care handheld ultrasound scanners that are being actively used for remote monitoring of patients by doctors / physicians


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

According to industry experts, handheld ultrasound imaging devices are being adopted at a faster pace by different end-users owing to their higher efficiency and wider applicability. Further, these devices have proven to be useful in quarantining patients demonstrating symptoms of pleural wall thickening and lung congestion, a characteristic of pneumonia, as well as observed in patients suffering from the novel coronavirus (COVID-19).

 

To order this 235+ page report, which features 95+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 1.1 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the handheld ultrasound imaging devices market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Application Area
  • Cardiac Scanning
  • Emergency Medicines
  • Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning
  • Musculoskeletal Scanning
  • Pulmonary Scanning
  • Urological Scanning
  • Vascular Surgery
  • Other Application Areas

 

  • Type of Transducer Array
  • Curved
  • Endocavity
  • Linear
  • Phased
  • Other Scanners

 

  • Type of Software
  • Smartphone Applications
  • Customized Software

 

  • End-Users
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Diagnostic Imaging Centers
  • Hospitals
  • Maternity Clinics
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Other End-Users

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and the Rest of the World

 

The Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030, report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Aidmax Medical
  • Beijing Konted Medical Technology
  • Biim Ultrasound
  • BreastIT
  • Butterfly Network
  • CJ Medical
  • Clarius Mobile Health
  • EchoNous
  • Fujifilm
  • GE Healthcare
  • Guangzhou Top Medical Equipment
  • Healcerion
  • Interson Medical Instruments
  • Philips
  • Somax Systems
  • VINNO
  • WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics
  • Yor Labs

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Company Profiles

  5. Brand Positioning Analysis of Key Players

  6. Partnerships and Collaborations

  7. Cost Saving Analysis

  8. Demand Analysis

  9. Market Forecast

  10. End-User Specific Opportunity Analysis

  11. Case Study: Impact of Coronavirus Outbreak

  12. Conclusion

  13. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/handheld-imaging-devices/319.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The global handheld ultrasound imaging devices market is projected to be over USD 1.1 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of over 11%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 235+ page report, which features 95+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several players are currently engaged in the development / manufacturing of point-of-care handheld ultrasound scanners that offer a variety of imaging modes to produce high-quality diagnosis images.
  • Around 100 handheld ultrasound imaging devices, incorporating different transducer arrays and advanced software, are being actively used by physicians to scan different body parts.
  • Companies engaged in the development of handheld ultrasound imaging devices are spread across the globe; further, a number of start-ups have taken initiatives to offer novel scanners.
  • Stakeholders have established strong brand positions in different geographies; in future, such companies with competitive edge are anticipated to contribute the most to the overall revenue generation potential.
  • The growing interest in this field is reflected by the increased partnerships, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders, across different geographical marketplaces.
  • Owing to the ease of handling, better image visualization and remote data transmission features, these devices can significantly enhance a radiologists’ efficiency, demonstrating the potential to save the overall healthcare cost.
  • Future growth of the market is likely to be driven by increased demand for these devices; novel transducers and advanced software-based scanners offer lucrative market opportunities.
  • The opportunity is anticipated to be well-distributed across different application areas, end-users and key geographical regions.

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/handheld-imaging-devices/319.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Introduction to Ultrasound Imaging

3.3.      Historical Evolution of Ultrasound Imaging

3.4.      Challenges with Conventional Ultrasound Imaging Devices

 

3.5.      Introduction to Portable Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.5.1.    Device Classification

3.5.1.1. Movable Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.5.1.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

 

3.5.2.    Key Application Areas

3.5.3.    Regulatory Guidelines

3.5.4.    Key Advantages and Roadblocks

 

3.6.      Prevalent Trends Related to Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.6.1.    Emerging Focus Areas

3.6.2.    Key Historical Trends

3.6.3.    Geographical Distribution of Activity

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Status of Development

4.2.2.    Analysis by Application Area

4.2.3.    Analysis by Weight of Device

4.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Transducer Array

4.2.5.    Analysis by Transducer Frequency

4.2.6.    Analysis by Mode of Imaging

4.2.7.    Analysis by Scanning Depth

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Software

4.2.9.    Analysis by Connectivity Provisions

4.2.10.  Analysis by Data Management Feature(s)

4.2.11.  Analysis by Battery Backup

4.2.12.  Analysis by Cost of Device

 

4.3.      Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Additional Information

4.4.      Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Information on Affiliated Technologies

4.5.      Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: List of Manufacturers

4.5.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.5.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.5.3.    Analysis by Types of Business Model Used

4.5.4.    Analysis by Target Market

4.5.5.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.5.6.    Leading Manufacturers: Analysis by Number of Products

 

4.6.      Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Product Competitiveness Analysis

4.7.      Leading Manufacturers: 4D Bubble Analysis based on Application area, Mode                              of Imaging, Number of Devices and Company Size

4.8.      Grid Representation: Analysis by Application Area, Type of Transducer Array                               and Type of Software

4.9.      Heat Map Representation: Analysis by Application Area and Mode of                                           Imaging

4.10.     Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Mode of Imaging and Connectivity                                    Provision

4.11.     World Map Representation: Regional Activity

4.12.     Handheld Scanners with Potential for Use during the COVID-19 Pandemic

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Butterfly Network

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.      Clarius Mobile Health

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.      EchoNous

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.      Fujifilm

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.      GE Healthcare

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.      Philips

5.7.1.    Company Overview

5.7.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlooks

 

5.8.      WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics

5.8.1.    Company Overview

5.8.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. BRAND POSITIONING ANALYSIS OF KEY PLAYERS

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Scope and Methodology

6.3.      Brand Positioning Matrix: Butterfly Network

6.4.      Brand Positioning Matrix: Clarius Mobile Health

6.5.      Brand Positioning Matrix: EchoNous

6.6.      Brand Positioning Matrix: Fujifilm

6.7.      Brand Positioning Matrix: GE Healthcare

6.8.      Brand Positioning Matrix: Philips

6.9.      Brand Positioning Matrix: WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Partnership Models

7.3.      Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

7.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

7.3.3.    Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Partner

7.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

7.3.6.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

7.3.7.    Regional Analysis

7.3.8.    Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. COST SAVING ANALYSIS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Key Assumptions

8.3.      Methodology

8.4.      Key Parameters Influencing the Cost of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

8.5.      Overall Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices, 2020-2030

 

8.6.      Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Geography

8.6.1.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in North America, 2020-                2030

8.6.2.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

8.6.3.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Asia-Pacific and Rest                 of the World, 2020-2030

 

8.7.      Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Economic                         Strength

8.7.1.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in High Income                            Countries, 2020-2030

8.7.2.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Upper Middle Income Countries, 2020-2030

8.7.3.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Lower Middle Income             Countries, 2020-2030

8.8.      Concluding Remarks: Cost Saving Scenarios

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Methodology

9.3.      Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging                         Devices

9.4.      Overall Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices, 2020-2030

9.5.      Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Key Industry                         Players

9.6.      Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by End-Users

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices                                    Market

 

10.4.     Overall Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030

10.4.1.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Application Area

10.4.1.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Cardiac Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Emergency Medicines, 2020-2030

10.4.1.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning,                       2020-2030

10.4.1.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Musculoskeletal Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.5. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Pulmonary Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.6. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Urological Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.7. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Vascular Surgery, 2020-2030

10.4.1.8. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other Application Areas, 2020-2030

 

10.4.2.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Type of Transducer Array

10.4.2.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Curved Array-based Scanners, 2020-                  2030

10.4.2.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Endocavity Array-based Scanners,                           2020-2030

10.4.2.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Linear Array-based Scanners, 2020-                  2030

10.4.2.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Phased Array-based Scanners, 2020-                  2030

10.4.2.5. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other Scanners, 2020-2030

 

10.4.3.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Type of Software

10.4.3.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Smartphone Application-based                           Scanners, 2020-2030

10.4.3.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Customized Software-based                             Scanners, 2020-2030

 

10.4.4.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by End-Users

10.4.4.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

10.4.4.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Diagnostic Imaging Center, 2020-2030

10.4.4.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Hospitals, 2020-2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Specialty Clinics, 2020-                                    2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

10.5.5.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Key Geographical                         Regions

10.5.5.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in North America, 2020-2030

10.5.5.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in Europe, 2020-2030

10.5.5.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World,                           2020-2030

 

10.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. END-USER SPECIFIC OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Methodology

11.3.     Distribution Strategies Adopted by Device Developers

 

11.4.     Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

11.4.1.  End-User Demand Analysis: Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

11.4.2.  End-User Demand Analysis: Diagnostic Imaging Centers, 2020-2030

11.4.3.  End-User Demand Analysis: Hospitals, 2020-2030

11.4.4.  End-User Demand Analysis: Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

11.4.5.  End-User Demand Analysis: Specialty Clinics, 2020-2030

11.4.6.  End-User Demand Analysis: Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

11.5.     Market Attractiveness Analysis

11.5.1.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

11.5.2.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Diagnostic Imaging Centers, 2020-2030

11.5.3.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Hospitals, 2020-2030

11.5.4.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

11.5.5.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Specialty Clinics, 2020-2030

11.5.6.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

12.2.1.  Short Term Impact

12.2.2.  Long Term Impact

12.3.     Future Strategies and Action Plans

 

  1. CONCLUSION

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

 

14.2.     SomaView

14.2.1.  Company Snapshot

14.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Stefan Mass, Chief Executive Officer

 

14.3.     EchoNous

14.3.1.  Company Snapshot

14.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Anais Concepcion, Director of Content and Digital    Campaigns

 

14.4.     PeakSonic

14.4.1.  Company Snapshot

14.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Zhengzheng Zhu, International Business Development

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The global handheld ultrasound imaging devices market is projected to be over USD 1.1 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 11%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Advances in the field of disease diagnostics have led to a substantial increase in the development of point-of-care medical imaging devices; handheld ultrasound scanners have emerged as a novel solution to cater to the unmet need in this domain. In fact, the demand for handheld ultrasound devices is on a surge amidst the COVID-19 pandemic. These portable, pocket-friendly, point-of-care devices have revolutionized the treatment of COVID-19 patients by provide remote access to doctors and ensures safety of the staff.

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030”.

 

The  report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of such compact diagnostic devices, over the next decade. The report features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various stakeholders engaged in this domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies engaged in the development / manufacturing of handheld ultrasound imaging devices
  • Elaborate profiles of key industry players that offer a several handheld ultrasound imaging scanners (shortlisted on the basis of the product portfolio).
  • A detailed brand positioning analysis of key industry players, highlighting the current perceptions regarding their proprietary brands by taking into consideration several relevant aspects.
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis featuring a four-dimensional bubble chart, highlighting the key players in this domain.
  • A comprehensive product competitiveness analysis to evaluate prominent scanners based on several product specific parameters.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been inked by stakeholders in the domain, during the time period 2010-2020.
  • An insightful analysis highlighting the cost saving potential associated with the use of handheld ultrasound imaging devices, based on information from close to 50 countries.
  • An informed estimate of the global demand for handheld ultrasound imaging devices for the period 2020-2030.
  • A review of the end-user specific product distribution strategies adopted by different device developers along with demand and market attractiveness for handheld ultrasound imaging devices.
  • An insightful discussion on the impact of COVID-19 on the overall handheld ultrasound imaging devices market, along with the key lessons learnt from big pharma players in 2008 recession.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Application Area
  • Cardiac Scanning
  • Emergency Medicines
  • Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning
  • Musculoskeletal Scanning
  • Pulmonary Scanning
  • Urological Scanning
  • Vascular Surgery
  • Other Application Areas

 

  • Type of Transducer Array
  • Curved
  • Endocavity
  • Linear
  • Phased
  • Other Scanners

 

  • Type of Software
  • Smartphone Applications
  • Customized Software

 

  • End-Users
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Diagnostic Imaging Centers
  • Hospitals
  • Maternity Clinics
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Other End-Users

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies
  • Stefan Maas (Chief Executive Officer, SomaView)
  • Anais Concepcion (Director of Content and Campaign Management, EchoNous)
  • Zhengzheng Zhu (Oversea Business Development, PeakSonic)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Aidmax Medical
  • Beijing Konted Medical Technology
  • Biim Ultrasound
  • BreastIT
  • Butterfly Network
  • CJ Medical
  • Clarius Mobile Health
  • EchoNous
  • Fujifilm
  • GE Healthcare
  • Guangzhou Top Medical Equipment
  • Healcerion
  • Interson Medical Instruments
  • Philips
  • Somax Systems
  • VINNO
  • WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics
  • Yor Labs

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/handheld-imaging-devices/319.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030
  2. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  3. Liquid Biopsy and Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030: Focus on Circulating Tumor Markers such as CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, Exosomes and Other Biomarkers

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com                   

 

The global handheld ultrasound imaging devices market is projected to be over USD 1.1 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 11%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

The increasing medical diagnostic imaging burden has compelled industry players to develop advanced handheld ultrasound scanners that will enable physicians to accurately visualize all major organ systems for diagnostic purposes

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

According to industry experts, handheld ultrasound imaging devices are being adopted at a faster pace by different end-users owing to their higher efficiency and wider applicability. Further, these devices have proven to be useful in quarantining patients demonstrating symptoms of pleural wall thickening and lung congestion, a characteristic of pneumonia, as well as observed in patients suffering from the novel coronavirus (COVID-19).

 

To order this 235+ page report, which features 95+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

 

Nearly 100 handheld ultrasound imaging devices are presently available / under development

Close to 85% of the aforementioned scanners use linear and curved / convex transducer arrays. Further, to offer variations in image visualization, about 46% of these devices support more than two modes of imaging, including brightness mode (B-mode), color doppler, motion mode (M-mode), pulsed wave, power doppler and tissue harmonic mode.

 

70% of scanners are based on smartphone applications

Handheld devices using abovementioned type of software are primarily being used for gynecology / obstetrics (32%), urological (21%) and abdomen (12%) scanning.  It is worth mentioning that customized software-based scanners are preferred in emergency medicines and hospital operating rooms, owing to their ease of handling .

 

Partnership activity has grown at an annualized rate of nearly 43%, between 2016 and 2019

Majority of the collaborations signed in this domain were reported to be distribution and supply agreements (over 30%). In addition, key value drivers in majority of the agreements were expansion of market reach and incorporation of advanced features in devices.

 

Demand for handheld ultrasound scanners is anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 12.1%, between 2020 and 2030

Presently, over 80,000 units of handheld ultrasound scanners are estimated to be used for diagnostic imaging purpose by physicians. In fact, scanners offered by Butterfly Network, Clarius Mobile Health, Fujifilm, GE Healthcare, Siemens Healthineers and Philips are estimated to cater to more than 80% of the current demand for such devices.

 

Handheld ultrasound scanners are estimated to enhance radiologists’ efficiency by ~10%

Owing to their light-weight, portability and advanced imaging features, these devices allow radiologists to perform more number of scans (as compared to conventional stationary devices) in a single day. In fact, by 2030, we anticipate net annual cost savings of over USD 30 billion to be brought about by the adoption of handheld ultrasound scanners.

 

By 2030, North America and Europe are anticipated to capture over 70% of the market opportunity

The market in European regions is anticipated to grow at a relatively faster rate (12.2%). In terms of end-users, by 2030, hospitals are likely to represent the largest share of the market, followed by ambulatory surgical centers (25%) and specialty clinics (16%).

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading developers of handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What are the key application areas for handheld ultrasound imaging scanners?
  • What is the potential usability of handheld ultrasound scanners devices for lung scanning in COVID-19 patients?
  • Which partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • What is the annual global demand for handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What is the impact of COVID-19 on the demand for handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What is the likely cost saving potential associated with the use of handheld ultrasound imaging devices?
  • What are the key factors influencing the adoption of handheld ultrasound imaging scanners, among different end-users?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

The USD 1.1 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the handheld ultrasound imaging devices market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Application Area
  • Cardiac Scanning
  • Emergency Medicines
  • Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning
  • Musculoskeletal Scanning
  • Pulmonary Scanning
  • Urological Scanning
  • Vascular Surgery
  • Other Application Areas

 

  • Type of Transducer Array
  • Curved
  • Endocavity
  • Linear
  • Phased
  • Other Scanners

 

  • Type of Software
  • Smartphone Applications
  • Customized Software

 

  • End-Users
  • Ambulatory Surgical Centers
  • Diagnostic Imaging Centers
  • Hospitals
  • Maternity Clinics
  • Specialty Clinics
  • Other End-Users

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and the Rest of the World 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom handheld ultrasound imaging devices are likely to offer lucrative market opportunities for players working in this domain. The report includes detailed transcripts of the discussions held with following industry experts:

  • Stefan Maas (Chief Executive Officer, SomaView)
  • Anais Concepcion (Director of Content and Campaign Management, EchoNous)
  • Zhengzheng Zhu (Oversea Business Development, PeakSonic)

 

The research covers brief profiles of key players engaged in the development of handheld ultrasonic diagnostic imaging devices; other popular industry players featured in the report include:

  • Aidmax Medical
  • Beijing Konted Medical Technology
  • Biim Ultrasound
  • BreastIT
  • CJ Medical
  • Guangzhou Top Medical Equipment
  • Healcerion
  • Interson Medical Instruments
  • Somax Systems
  • VINNO
  • WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics
  • Yor Labs

 

For additional details, please visit

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/handheld-imaging-devices/319.html

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030
  2. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  3. Liquid Biopsy and Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030: Focus on Circulating Tumor Markers such as CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, Exosomes and Other Biomarkers

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The ‘Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030’ report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the preventive vaccine domain.


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 250+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape, including information on type of developer (industry, non-industry, industry / non-industry), phase of development (phase I, phase I/II, phase II, phase II/III, phase III and preregistration) of lead candidates, route of administration (intramuscular, intranasal, oral, intradermal, subcutaneous, intravenous and others), type of vaccine API (live, attenuated vaccine, recombinant vaccine, conjugate vaccine, inactivated vaccine, DNA vaccine, peptide vaccine, subunit vaccine, mRNA vaccine, toxoid vaccine and others), dosage form (ready to use liquid, lyophilized powder, nasal spray, capsule and tablet), dosage (single dose, 2 doses, 3 doses, 4 doses, 5 doses and 6 doses), target disease indication and target patient population (children, adults and seniors).
  • A competitiveness analysis of preventive vaccine developers, taking into consideration supplier strength (based on company size and its experience in this field) and pipeline strength (based on the number of clinical-stage vaccine candidates, highest phase of development, number of compatible routes of administration, number of indications evaluated and target patient population).
  • Elaborate profiles of the key preventive vaccine developers (shortlisted based on a proprietary criterion) across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Each profile includes a brief overview of the company, its year of establishment, location of headquarters, number of employees and financial information (if available). In addition to this, the profile includes information on the various clinical-stage vaccine candidates developed by the company. Further, we have provided the recent developments of the company and an informed future outlook.
  • A detailed analysis of more than 1,400 completed, ongoing and planned clinical studies of preventive vaccines, highlighting prevalent trends across various relevant parameters, such as trial registration year, phase of development, trial recruitment status, study design, trial focus area, type of preventive vaccine (based on pathogen), target disease indication(s), type of sponsor / collaborator, leading industry sponsors / collaborators (in terms of number of trials conducted), enrolled patients population and regional distribution.
  • An overview of the ongoing vaccine development initiatives for complex conditions, such as COVID-19, Ebola virus disease, HIV/AIDS, malaria and zika virus infection, including information on disease, its global burden, current treatment landscape and preventive vaccine research landscape. Further, we have provided the information on investments made and recent developments in the domain.
  • An analysis of the investments made in this domain, during the period between 2015 and 2020 (till March), including seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings, at various stages of development in companies that are engaged in developing preventive vaccines.
  • A case study on contract manufacturing landscape for vaccines, featuring a comprehensive list of active CMOs and analyses based on a number of parameters, such as year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), geographical location, number of vaccine manufacturing facilities, types of services offered (cell / virus banking, analytical development / testing, formulation, process development, fill / finish and regulatory filings), type of expression systems used for vaccine production (mammalian, microbial and others) and type of vaccine manufactured.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Route of Administration
  • Intramuscular
  • Subcutaneous
  • Oral
  • Intravenous
  • Others

 

  • Type of Vaccine
  • Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine
  • Human Papilloma Virus Vaccine
  • Rotavirus Vaccine
  • Influenza Vaccine
  • MMR Vaccine
  • Tetanus and Diphtheria Booster Vaccine
  • Varicella Vaccine
  • DTaP-Hib-IPV Vaccine
  • DTaP-HepB-Hib-IPV Vaccine
  • Others

 

  • Type of Vaccine API
  • Live, Attenuated Vaccine
  • Inactivated Vaccine
  • Conjugate Vaccine
  • Subunit Vaccine
  • Toxoid Vaccine
  • Others

 

  • Target Patient Population
  • Pediatric Patients
  • Adults

 

  • Key Players
  • GlaxoSmithKline
  • Merck
  • Sanofi Pasteur
  • Pfizer
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • CSL
  • Others

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading developers of preventive vaccines?
  • How big is the development pipeline and which new indications are coming in focus?
  • Who are the key investors in the preventive vaccines market?
  • What is the impact of COVID-19 on the demand for preventive vaccines?
  • Which are the key / emerging CMOs, in different regions, that you can reach out to for your vaccine manufacturing requirements?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Novel coronavirus (COVID-19): Preventive Vaccines, Therapeutics and Diagnostics in Development
  2. Novel Vaccine Delivery Devices Market, 2019-2030 [COVID-19 SERIES]
  3. Vaccine Contract Manufacturing Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030 [COVID-19 SERIES]

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

More than 200 preventive vaccines, developed by both industry and non-industry players, are being evaluated in clinical stages of development, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Technical advances, especially in the field of biotechnology, have led to the development of several next generation preventive vaccines, including recombinant vaccines, viral vector based vaccines and DNA vaccines, which have been demonstrated to elicit powerful immune responses, resulting in the development of immunological memory.

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 85+ figures and 125+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 94 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the global preventive vaccine market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Route of Administration
  • Intramuscular
  • Subcutaneous
  • Oral
  • Intravenous
  • Others

 

  • Type of Vaccine
  • Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine
  • Human Papilloma Virus Vaccine
  • Rotavirus Vaccine
  • Influenza Vaccine
  • MMR Vaccine
  • Tetanus and Diphtheria Booster Vaccine
  • Varicella Vaccine
  • DTaP-Hib-IPV Vaccine
  • DTaP-HepB-Hib-IPV Vaccine
  • Others

 

  • Type of Vaccine API
  • Live, Attenuated Vaccine
  • Inactivated Vaccine
  • Conjugate Vaccine
  • Subunit Vaccine
  • Toxoid Vaccine
  • Others

 

  • Target Patient Population
  • Pediatric Patients
  • Adults

 

  • Key Players
  • GlaxoSmithKline
  • Merck
  • Sanofi Pasteur
  • Pfizer
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • CSL
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World 

 

The Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Bio Farma
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • GC Pharma
  • GlaxoSmithKline
  • Janssen
  • Merck
  • Novavax
  • Pfizer
  • Sanofi Pasteur
  • Valneva

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Company Competitiveness Analysis

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Clinical Trial Analysis

  7. Ongoing Vaccine Development Initiatives for Complex Conditions

  8. Funding and Investment Analysis

  9. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

  10. Case-in-Point: Contract Manufacturing of Vaccines

  11. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/preventive-vaccines/318.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

 

The global preventive vaccines market is projected to be worth USD 94 billion, by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 10.7%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed report on Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 85+ figures and 125+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • More than 200 preventive vaccines, developed by both industry and non-industry players, are being evaluated in clinical stages of development
  • A variety of vaccine APIs, designed for administration via multiple routes of delivery, are presently being investigated; most such candidates are in the early stages of development
  • In order to achieve a competitive edge, vaccine developers are putting in significant efforts to ensure that their candidates are clinically and commercially competent
  • Foreseeing a lucrative future in this domain, several private and public investors have invested close to USD 10 billion in vaccine development initiatives, across 170 instances, in the time period between 2015 and 2020
  • Over the last few years, 1,400+ clinical trials evaluating various types of preventive vaccines have been registered, indicating the rapid pace of development in this field
  • Case-in-Point: Around 70 companies, situated in different regions across the globe, claim to provide contract development, fill / finish and regulatory support, in addition to manufacturing services
  • The market is anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 10.7%, till 2030, and the projected opportunity is likely to be distributed across various routes of administration, vaccine types and key geographical regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/preventive-vaccines/318.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.      Research Methodology
    1.3.      Chapter Outlines

    2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Preventive Vaccines

3.2.1.    Classification of Vaccines

3.2.1.1. Live, Attenuated Vaccines

3.2.1.2. Inactivated Vaccines

3.2.1.3. Subunit Vaccines

3.2.1.4. Toxoid Vaccines

3.2.1.5. DNA Vaccines

 

3.2.2.    Key Components of a Vaccine Formulation

3.2.3.    Production of Vaccines using Different Expression Systems

3.2.3.1. Embryonated Chicken Eggs and Primary Chicken Embryonic Fibroblasts (CEFs)

3.2.3.2. Mammalian Expression Systems

3.2.3.3. Avian Expression Systems

3.2.3.4. Plant Expression Systems

3.2.3.5. Bacterial Expression Systems

3.2.3.6. Yeast Expression Systems

3.2.3.7. Insect Expression System

 

3.2.4.    Routes of Vaccine Administration

3.2.4.1. Intramuscular Route

3.2.4.2. Subcutaneous Route

3.2.4.3. Oral Route

3.2.4.4. Intranasal Route

3.2.4.5. Intradermal Route

3.2.4.6. Inhalation

 

3.2.5.    Clinical Development and Approval of Vaccines

3.2.6.    Future Perspectives

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Preventive Vaccines: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Marketed Vaccines Landscape

4.2.2.    Clinical-Stage Vaccines Landscape

4.2.2.1. Analysis by Type of Developer

4.2.2.2. Analysis by Phase of Development

4.2.2.3. Analysis by Route of Administration

4.2.2.4. Analysis by Type of Vaccine API

4.2.2.5. Analysis by Dosage Form

4.2.2.6. Analysis by Dosage

4.2.2.7. Analysis by Target Disease Indication

4.2.2.8. Analysis by Target Patient Population

4.2.2.9. Key Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Vaccines in Clinical Development

4.2.2.10. Key Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Vaccines in Clinical Development

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Methodology

5.3.      Assumptions and Key Parameters

5.4.      Competitiveness Analysis: Preventive Vaccine Developers

5.4.1.    Preventive Vaccine Developers based in North America

5.4.2.    Preventive Vaccine Developers based in Europe

5.4.3.    Preventive Vaccine Developers based in Asia Pacific

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Bio Farma

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

6.3.      Emergent BioSolutions

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.      GC Pharma

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5.      GlaxoSmithKline

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.      Janssen

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.      Merck

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.8.      Novavax

6.8.1.    Company Overview

6.8.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.9.      Pfizer

6.9.1.    Company Overview

6.9.2.    Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.9.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.10.     Sanofi Pasteur

6.10.1. Company Overview

6.10.2. Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.10.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.11.     Valneva

6.11.1. Company Overview

6.11.2. Preventive Vaccines Portfolio

6.11.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Scope and Methodology

7.3.      Preventive Vaccines: Clinical Trial Analysis

7.3.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

7.3.2.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Trial Registration Year

7.3.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

7.3.4.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

7.3.5.    Analysis by Study Design

7.3.6.    Analysis by Trial Focus Area

7.3.7.    Analysis by Type of Preventive Vaccine (based on Pathogen)

7.3.8.    Analysis by Target Disease Indication

7.3.9.    Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

7.3.10.  Leading Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

7.3.11.  Geographical Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

7.3.12.  Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

7.3.13.  Geographical Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

 

  1. ONGOING VACCINE DEVELOPMENT INITIATIVES FOR COMPLEX CONDITIONS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19)

8.2.1.    Disease Overview

8.2.2.    Global Burden of COVID-19

8.2.3.    Current Treatment Landscape

8.2.4.    Preventive Vaccines for COVID-19

8.2.4.1. Historical Background of COVID-19 Vaccine Research

8.2.4.2. COVID-19 and Affiliated Research Landscape

8.2.5.    Funding Instances

8.2.6.    Recent Developments

 

8.3.      Ebola Virus Disease (EVD)

8.3.1.    Disease Overview

8.3.2.    Global Burden of EVD

8.3.3.    Current Treatment Landscape

8.3.4.    Preventive Vaccines for EVD

8.3.4.1. Historical Background of Ebola Virus Vaccine Research

8.3.4.2. Anti-Ebola Virus Vaccines and Affiliated Research Landscape

8.3.5.    Funding Instances

8.3.6.    Recent Developments

 

8.4.      HIV/AIDS

8.4.1.    Disease Overview

8.4.2.    Global Burden of HIV/AIDS

8.4.3.    Current Treatment Landscape

8.4.4.    Preventive Vaccines for HIV/AIDS

8.4.4.1. Historical Background of HIV/AIDS Vaccine Research

8.4.4.2. Anti-HIV Vaccines and Affiliated Research Landscape

8.4.5.    Funding Instances

8.4.6.    Recent Developments

 

8.5.      Malaria

8.5.1.    Disease Overview

8.5.2.    Global Burden of Malaria

8.5.3.    Current Treatment Landscape

8.5.4.    Preventive Vaccines for Malaria

8.5.4.1. Historical Background of Malaria Vaccine Research

8.5.4.2. Anti-Malaria Vaccines and Affiliated Research Landscape

8.5.5.    Funding Instances

8.5.6.    Recent Developments

 

8.6.      Zika Virus Infection

8.6.1.    Disease Overview

8.6.2.    Global Burden of Zika Virus Infection

8.6.3.    Current Treatment Landscape

8.6.4.    Preventive Vaccines for Zika Virus Infection

8.6.4.1. Historical Background of Zika Virus Vaccine Research

8.6.4.2. Anti-Zika Virus Vaccines and Affiliated Research Landscape

8.6.5.    Funding Instances

8.6.6.    Recent Developments

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Types of Funding

9.3.      Preventive Vaccines: Funding and Investment Analysis

9.3.1.    Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

9.3.2.    Analysis by Amount Invested

9.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Funding

9.3.4.    Analysis by Amount Invested across Different Types of Vaccine API

9.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

9.3.6.    Analysis by Amount Invested by Different Type of Investors

9.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

9.3.8.    Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

9.3.9.    Analysis by Geography

9.3.9.1.             Continent-wise Analysis

9.3.9.2.             Country-wise Analysis

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Overall Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030

10.3.1. Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Route of Administration

10.3.2. Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Vaccine

10.3.3. Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Vaccine API

10.3.4. Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Target Patient Population

10.3.5. Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions

10.3.5.1. Preventive Vaccines Market in North America, 2020-2030

10.3.5.1.1. Preventive Vaccines Market in the US, 2020-2030

10.3.5.1.2. Preventive Vaccines Market in Mexico, 2020-2030

10.3.5.1.2. Preventive Vaccines Market in Canada, 2020-2030

 

10.3.5.2. Preventive Vaccines Market in Europe, 2020-2030

10.3.5.2.1. Preventive Vaccines Market in Spain, 2020-2030

10.3.5.2.2. Preventive Vaccines Market in the UK, 2020-2030

10.3.5.2.3. Preventive Vaccines Market in Italy, 2020-2030

10.3.5.2.4. Preventive Vaccines Market in France, 2020-2030

10.3.5.2.5. Preventive Vaccines Market in Germany, 2020-2030

10.3.5.2.6. Preventive Vaccines Market in Rest of Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.3.5.3.  Preventive Vaccines Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.3.5.3.1. Preventive Vaccines Market in India, 2020-2030

10.3.5.3.2. Preventive Vaccines Market in China, 2020-2030

10.3.5.3.3. Preventive Vaccines Market in Australia, 2020-2030

10.3.5.3.4. Preventive Vaccines Market in Rest of Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

 

10.3.5.4. Preventive Vaccines Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE-IN-POINT: CONTRACT MANUFACTURING OF VACCINES

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Vaccine Contract Manufacturing

11.2.1.  Addressing an Unmet Need

11.2.2.  Commonly Outsourced Operations

11.2.3.  Selecting a CMO Partner

11.2.4.  Advantages of Outsourcing Manufacturing Services

11.2.5.  Associated Risks and Challenges

 

11.3.     Vaccine Contract Manufacturing: Overall Market Landscape

11.3.1.  Analysis by Year of Establishment

11.3.2.  Analysis by Company Size

11.3.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

11.3.4.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

11.3.5.  Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facilities

11.3.6.  Analysis by Type of Service(s) Offered

11.3.7.  Analysis by Expression System Used

11.3.8.  Analysis by Type of Vaccine Manufactured

11.3.9.  Analysis by Type of Vaccine Manufactured and Location of Headquarters

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Alopexx

13.2.1.  Company Snapshot

13.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Daniel R. Vlock, Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The global preventive vaccines market is projected to be worth USD 94 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 10.7%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 3 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Although vaccines were solely responsible for the global eradication of smallpox (1980) and polio (2015), several vaccine-preventable diseases, such as measles and mumps, are still a threat; COVID-19 has been recently added to the list

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030”.

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the preventive vaccine domain. The study also features a detailed analysis of the key drivers and trends related to this evolving segment of the pharmaceutical industry. Amongst other elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape, featuring clinical-stage preventive vaccines.
  • A competitiveness analysis of preventive vaccine developers, featuring insightful pictorial summaries and representations.
  • Elaborate profiles of the key preventive vaccine developers (shortlisted based on a proprietary criterion) across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific.
  • An in-depth analysis of the completed, ongoing and planned trials of various preventive vaccines.
  • An overview of the ongoing vaccine development initiatives for complex conditions, such as COVID-19, Ebola virus disease, HIV/AIDS, malaria and zika virus infection.
  • An analysis of the investments made in this domain, during the period between 2015 and 2020 (till March).
  • A case study on contract manufacturing landscape for vaccines, featuring the CMOs engaged in this domain.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
    • Route of Administration
  • Intramuscular
  • Subcutaneous
  • Oral
  • Intravenous
  • Others

 

  • Type of Vaccine
  • Pneumococcal Conjugate Vaccine
  • Human Papilloma Virus Vaccine
  • Rotavirus Vaccine
  • Influenza Vaccine
  • MMR Vaccine
  • Tetanus and Diphtheria Booster Vaccine
  • Varicella Vaccine
  • DTaP-Hib-IPV Vaccine
  • DTaP-HepB-Hib-IPV Vaccine
  • Others

 

  • Type of Vaccine API
  • Live, Attenuated Vaccine
  • Inactivated Vaccine
  • Conjugate Vaccine
  • Subunit Vaccine
  • Toxoid Vaccine
  • Others
    • Target Patient Population
  • Pediatric Patients
  • Adults

 

  • Key Players
  • GlaxoSmithKline
  • Merck
  • Sanofi Pasteur
  • Pfizer
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • CSL
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World 

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Bio Farma
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • GC Pharma
  • GlaxoSmithKline
  • Janssen
  • Merck
  • Novavax
  • Pfizer
  • Sanofi Pasteur
  • Valneva

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/preventive-vaccines/318.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Watch Pandora Season 2 Episode 4 Online Full Episodes fundraising for Hampshire & Isle of Wight Air Ambulance on JustGiving

www.justgiving.com
Submitted 6 day(s) ago by tannore32

https://www.justgiving.com/team/watch-pandora-season-2-episode-4-online-full
https://www.justgiving.com/team/watch-pandora-season-2-episodes-4-online-full
https://www.justgiving.com/team/watch-pandora-season-II-episode-4-online-full
https://www.justgiving.com/team/watch-pandora-season-II-episodes-4-online-full
https://www.justgiving.com/team/series-pandora-season-2-episode-4-online
https://www.justgiving.com/team/watch-pandora-season-2-episode-4-online-free
https://www.justgiving.com/team/watch-pandora-season-II-episode-4-online-free
https://www.hybrid-analysis.com/sample/f5fbda0d58f448c7547a60062f6210041ea888007ed4e41c1856cfbade5f9b80
https://caribbeanfever.com/profiles/status/show?id=2663233%3AStatus%3A12352207
https://paiza.io/projects/MlC5v4JKNIQNe8oyJiwSSA?language=php

Conclusion Generator -Generate Conclusion for Your Paper

myassignmenthelp.com
Submitted 6 day(s) ago by alleyjohn

Generate a conclusion for your essay by online conclusion generator Tools. Conclusion paragraph generator make a better summary for your academic paper

The “Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape of gene therapies, primarily focusing on gene augmentation-based therapies, oncolytic viral therapies and genome editing therapies.


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 670+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of gene therapies and genome editing therapies, including information on various drug / therapy developer companies, phase of development (marketed, clinical, and preclinical / discovery stage) of pipeline candidates, key therapeutic areas (cardiovascular disorders, muscular disorders, neurological disorders, ocular disorders, oncology and others) and target disease indication(s), information on gene type, type of vector used, type of therapy (ex vivo and in vivo), mechanism of action, type of gene modification (gene augmentation, oncolytic viral therapy and others) and special drug designation (if any).
  • A discussion on the various types of viral and non-viral vectors, along with information on design, manufacturing requirements, advantages, limitations and applications of currently available gene delivery vectors.
  • A world map representation, depicting the most active geographies, in terms of the presence of companies engaged in developing gene therapies, and a bull's eye analysis, highlighting the distribution of clinical-stage pipeline candidates by phase of development, type of vector and type of therapy (ex vivo and in vivo).
  • A discussion on the regulatory landscape related to gene therapies across various geographies, namely North America (the US and Canada), Europe and Asia-Pacific (Australia, China, Japan and South Korea), providing details related to the various challenges associated with obtaining reimbursements for gene therapies.
  • Detailed profiles of marketed and phase II/III and gene therapies, including a brief history of development, information on current development status, mechanism of action, affiliated technology, strength of patent portfolio, dosage and manufacturing details, along with information on the developer company.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various commercialization strategies that can be adopted by drug developers for use across different stages of therapy development, namely prior to drug launch, at / during drug launch and post-marketing.
  • A review of various emerging technologies and therapy development platforms that are being used to design and manufacture gene therapies, featuring detailed profiles of technologies that were / are being used for the development of four or more products / product candidates.
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to gene therapies and genome editing therapies, since 2016. The analysis also highlights the key parameters associated with the patents, including information on patent type (granted patents, patent applications and others), publication year, regional applicability, CPC classification, emerging focus areas, leading industry / non-industry players (in terms of the number of patents filed / granted), and patent valuation.
  • An analysis of the various mergers and acquisitions that have taken place in this domain, highlighting the trend in the number of companies acquired between 2014-2019. The analysis also provides information on the key value drivers and deal multiples related to the mergers and acquisitions that we came across.
  • An analysis of the investments made at various stages of development in companies that are focused in this area, between 2014-2019, including seed financing, venture capital financing, IPOs, secondary offerings, debt financing, grants and other offerings.
  • An analysis of the big biopharma players engaged in this domain, featuring a heat map based on parameters, such as number of gene therapies under development, funding information, partnership activity and strength of patent portfolio.
  • A case study on the prevalent and emerging trends related to vector manufacturing, with information on companies offering contract services for manufacturing vectors. The study also includes a detailed discussion on the manufacturing processes associated with various types of vectors.
  • A discussion on the various operating models adopted by gene therapy developers for supply chain management, highlighting the stakeholders involved, factors affecting the supply of therapeutic products and challenges encountered by developers across the different stages of the gene therapy supply chain.
  • An analysis of the various factors that are likely to influence the pricing of gene-based therapies, featuring different models / approaches that may be adopted by manufacturers to decide the prices of these therapies.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Key therapeutic areas
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Cardiovascular diseases
  • Genetic disorders
  • Hematological disorders
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Ophthalmic disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of vector
  • Adeno associated virus
  • Adenovirus
  • Herpes simplex virus type 1
  • Lentivirus
  • Plasmid DNA
  • Retrovirus
  • Vaccinia Virus

 

  • Type of therapy
  • Ex vivo
  • In vivo

 

  • Type of gene modification
  • Gene augmentation
  • Immunotherapy
  • Oncolytic therapy
  • Others

 

  • Route of administration
  • Intraarticular
  • Intracerebellar
  • Intramuscular
  • Intradermal
  • Intravenous
  • Intravitreal
  • Intravesical
  • Subretinal
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Adam Rogers (CEO, Hemera Biosciences)
  • Al Hawkins (CEO, Milo Biotechnology)
  • Buel Dan Rodgers (Founder & CEO, AAVogen)
  • Cedric Szpirer (Executive & Scientific Director, Delphi Genetics)
  • Christopher Reinhard (CEO and Chairman, Cardium Therapeutics)
  • Ryo Kubota (Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Acucela)
  • Jeffrey Hung (CCO, Vigene Biosciences)
  • Marco Schmeer (Project Manager) & Tatjana Buchholz (Marketing Manager, PlasmidFactory)
  • Michael Triplett (CEO, Myonexus Therapeutics, acquired by Sarepta Therapeutics)
  • Robert Jan Lamers (CEO, Arthrogen)
  • Tom Wilton (Chief Business Officer, LogicBio Therapeutics)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link            

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading industry players in this market?
  • How big is the development pipeline and which new indications are coming in focus? Which vectors are being used for effective delivery of the therapeutic agents?
  • Who are the key investors in the gene therapy market?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?
  • What kind of commercialization strategies are being adopted by gene therapy developers?
  • What are the different pricing models and reimbursement strategies used for gene therapies?
  • What are the prevalent R&D trends related to gene therapies?
  • What are the various technology platforms that are either available in the market or are being designed for the development of gene therapies?
  • Who are the key CMOs / CDMOs that claim to supply viral / plasmid vectors for gene therapy development?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Viral Vectors, Non-Viral Vectors and Gene Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030 (Focus on AAV, Adenoviral, Lentiviral, Retroviral, Plasmid DNA and Other Vectors)
  2. CAR-T Therapies Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  3. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Presently, there are more than 10 approved gene therapies; over 465 product candidates are being evaluated for the treatment of a variety of disease indications


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Encouraging clinical results across various metabolic, hematological and ophthalmic disorders have inspired research groups across the world to focus their efforts on the development of novel gene editing therapies. In fact, the gene therapy pipeline has evolved significantly over the past few years, with three products being approved in 2019 alone; namely Beperminogene perplasmid (AnGes), ZOLGENSMA® (AveXis) and ZYNTEGLO™ (bluebird bio). Further, there are multiple pipeline candidates in mid to late-stage (phase II and above) trials that are anticipated to enter the market over the next 5-10 years.

 

To order this 670+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 340+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 11.6 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the gene therapy market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Key therapeutic areas
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Cardiovascular diseases
  • Genetic disorders
  • Hematological disorders
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Ophthalmic disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of vector
  • Adeno associated virus
  • Adenovirus
  • Herpes simplex virus type 1
  • Lentivirus
  • Plasmid DNA
  • Retrovirus
  • Vaccinia Virus

 

  • Type of therapy
  • Ex vivo
  • In vivo

 

  • Type of gene modification
  • Gene augmentation
  • Immunotherapy
  • Oncolytic therapy
  • Others

 

  • Route of administration
  • Intraarticular
  • Intracerebellar
  • Intramuscular
  • Intradermal
  • Intravenous
  • Intravitreal
  • Intravesical
  • Subretinal
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Advantagene
  • Advaxis
  • BioMarin
  • bluebird bio
  • FKD Therapies
  • Freeline Therapeutics
  • GenSight Biologics
  • Gradalis
  • Inovio Pharmaceuticals
  • Marsala Biotech
  • Orchard Therapeutics
  • Pfizer
  • Sarepta Therapeutics
  • Spark Therapeutics
  • Tocagen
  • Transgene
  • uniQure Biopharma
  • VBL Therapeutics
  • ViroMed

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

 

  1. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Gene Delivery Vectors

 

  1. Regulatory Landscape and Reimbursement Scenario

 

  1. Competitive Landscape

 

  1. Marketed Gene Therapies

 

  1. Key Commercialization Strategies

 

  1. Late Stage (Phase II/III and Above) Gene Therapies

 

  1. Emerging Technologies

 

  1. Promising Therapeutics Areas

 

  1. Patent Analysis

 

  1. Mergers and Acquisitions

 

  1. Funding and Investment Analysis

 

  1. Cost Price Analysis

 

  1. Big Pharma Players: Analysis of Gene Therapy Related Initiatives

 

  1. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Vector Manufacturing

 

  1. Case Study: Gene Therapy Supply Chain

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/gene-therapy-market-3rd-edition-2019-2030/268.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The gene therapy market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of 45%, till 2030


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 670+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 340+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • In the past four years, more than 31,000 patents related to gene therapies and gene editing have been filed / granted; this is indicative of the heightened pace of research in this domain
  • Presently, there are more than 10 approved gene therapies; over 465 product candidates are being evaluated for the treatment of a variety of disease indications
  • Most of the therapeutic leads are in the early stages of clinical development; a variety of viral and non-viral vectors are being used to introduce different types of gene modifications in such therapies
  • Although start-ups and mid-sized companies are spearheading the innovation, several big biopharmaceutical companies are also actively engaged
  • With multiple approved products and several under development, price is one of the major concerns in this market; the future is likely to witness the establishment of more affordable pricing and reimbursement strategies
  • As several candidates progress towards approval, developers are exploring diverse commercialization strategies to be implemented across different stages of a product’s launch cycle
  • CMOs offering vector manufacturing services have become an integral part of the gene therapy supply chain, owing to their ability to overcome the various associated challenges
  • Several investors, having realized the untapped opportunity within this emerging segment of genetic disorders, have invested over USD 16.5 billion across 280 instances, in the period between 2014 and 2019
  • Overall, prevalent trends indicate that the market for gene therapies is poised to grow significantly as multiple late stage molecules get commercialized in the near future for the treatment of different therapeutic areas
  • The projected future opportunity is expected to be distributed across different types of gene modifications, therapy delivery routes and key geographical regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/gene-therapy-market-3rd-edition-2019-2030/268.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.      Research Methodology
    1.3.      Chapter Outlines

    2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Context and Background

3.2.      Evolution of Gene Therapies

3.3.      Classification of Gene Therapies

3.3.1.    Somatic and Germline Gene Therapy

3.3.2.    Ex Vivo and In Vivo Gene Therapy

3.4.      Routes of Administration

3.5.      Mechanism of Action of Gene Therapies

3.6.      Concept of Gene Editing

3.7.      Advantages and Disadvantages of Gene Therapies

3.8.      Ethical and Social Concerns Related to Gene Therapies

 

3.9.      Future Constraints and Challenges Related to Gene Therapies

3.9.1.    Concerns Related to Therapy Development

3.9.2.    Concerns Related to Manufacturing

3.9.3.    Concerns Related to Commercial Viability

 

  1. GENE DELIVERY VECTORS

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Viral Vectors

4.2.1     Types of Viral Vectors

4.2.1.1. Adeno-associated Viral Vectors

4.2.1.1.1. Overview

4.2.1.1.2. Design

4.2.1.1.3. Advantages

4.2.1.1.4. Limitations

 

4.2.1.2. Adenoviral Vectors

4.2.1.2.1. Overview

4.2.1.2.2. Design

4.2.1.2.3. Advantages

4.2.1.2.4. Limitations

 

4.2.1.3. Lentiviral Vectors

4.2.1.3.1. Overview

4.2.1.3.2. Design

4.2.1.3.3. Advantages

4.2.1.3.4. Limitations

 

4.2.1.4. Retroviral Vectors

4.2.1.4.1. Overview

4.2.1.4.2. Design

4.2.1.4.3. Advantages

4.2.1.4.4. Limitations

 

4.2.1.5. Other Viral Vectors

4.2.1.5.1. Alphavirus

4.2.1.5.2. Herpes Simplex Virus

4.2.1.5.3. Simian Virus

4.2.1.5.4. Vaccinia Virus

 

4.3.      Non-Viral Vectors

4.3.1.    Types of Non-Viral Vectors

4.3.1.1. Plasmid DNA

4.3.1.2. Liposomes, Lipoplexes and Polyplexes

4.3.1.3. Oligonucleotides

 

4.4.      Methods of Transfection

4.4.1.    Biolistic Method

4.4.2.    Electroporation

4.4.3.    Receptor Mediated Gene Delivery

4.4.4.    Gene Activated Matrix (GAM)

 

  1. REGULATORY LANDSCAPE AND REIMBURSEMENT SCENARIO

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Regulatory Guidelines in North America

5.2.1.    The US Scenario

5.2.2.    The Canadian Scenario

5.3.      Regulatory Guidelines in Europe

5.4.      Regulatory Guidelines in Asia Pacific

5.4.1.    Chinese Scenario

5.4.2.    Japanese Scenario

5.4.3.    South Korean Scenario

5.4.4.    Australian Scenario

5.5.      Reimbursement Scenario

5.5.1.    Challenges Related to Reimbursement

5.6.      Payment Models for Gene Therapies

 

  1. COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Gene Therapy Market: Clinical and Commercial Pipeline

6.2.1.    Analysis by Phase of Development

6.2.2.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

6.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Vector Used

6.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Gene

6.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Modification

6.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Gene Therapy

6.2.7.    Analysis by Route of Administration

 

6.3.      Gene Therapy Market: Early Stage Pipeline

6.3.1.    Analysis by Stage of Development

6.3.2.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

6.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Vector Used

6.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Gene

6.3.5.    Analysis by Type of Modification

6.3.6.    Analysis by Type of Gene Therapy

 

6.4.      Gene Therapy: Special Designation Awarded

6.4.1.    Analysis by Special Designation Awarded

6.5.      Key Players: Analysis by Number of Product Candidates

6.6.      Developer Landscape

6.6.1.    Distribution by Year of Establishment

6.6.2.    Distribution by Size of Developer

6.6.3.    Distribution by Geographical Location

6.7.      Regional Landscape

 

  1. MARKETED GENE THERAPIES

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Gendicine® (Shenzhen Sibiono GeneTech)

7.2.1.    Company Overview

7.2.2.    Development Timeline

7.2.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vectors Used

7.2.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.2.5.    Current Status of Development

7.2.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.3.      Oncorine® (Shanghai Sunway Biotech)

7.3.1.    Company Overview

7.3.2.    Development Timeline

7.3.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vectors Used

7.3.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.3.5.    Current Status of Development

7.3.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.4.      Rexin-G® (Epeius Biotechnologies)

7.4.1.    Company Overview

7.4.2.    Development Timeline

7.4.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vector Used

7.4.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.4.5.    Current Status of Development

7.4.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.5.      Neovasculgen® (Human Stem Cells Institute)

7.5.1.    Company Overview

7.5.2.    Development Timeline

7.5.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vectors Used

7.5.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.5.5.    Current Status of Development

7.5.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.6.      Imlygic® (Amgen)

7.6.1.    Company Overview

7.6.2.    Development Timeline

7.6.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vectors Used

7.6.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.6.5.    Current Status of Development

7.6.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.7.      Strimvelis® (Orchard Therapeutics)

7.7.1.    Company Overview

7.7.2.    Development Timeline

7.7.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vectors Used

7.7.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.7.5.    Current Status of Development

7.7.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.8.      Invossa™ (Kolon TissueGene)

7.8.1.    Company Overview

7.8.2.    Development Timeline

7.8.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vectors Used

7.8.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.8.5.    Current Status of Development

7.8.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.9.      Luxturna™ (Spark Therapeutics)

7.9.1.    Company Overview

7.9.2.    Development Timeline

7.9.3.    Mechanism of Action and Vector Used

7.9.4.    Target Indication(s)

7.9.5.    Current Status of Development

7.9.6.    Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.10.     Zolgensma™ (AveXis / Novartis)

7.10.1.  Company Overview

7.10.2.  Development Timeline

7.10.3.  Mechanism of Action and Vector Used

7.10.4.  Target Indication(s)

7.10.5.  Current Status of Development

7.10.6.  Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.11.     Collategene® / Beperminogene Perplasmid (AnGes)

7.11.1.  Company Overview

7.11.2.  Development Timeline

7.11.3.  Mechanism of Action and Vector Used

7.11.4.  Target Indication(s)

7.11.5.  Current Status of Development

7.11.6.  Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

7.12.     Zyntelgo™ (bluebird bio)

7.12.1.  Company Overview

7.12.2.  Development Timeline

7.12.3.  Mechanism of Action and Vector Used

7.12.4.  Target Indication(s)

7.12.5.  Current Status of Development

7.12.6.  Manufacturing, Dosage and Sales

 

  1. KEY COMMERCIALIZATION STRATEGIES

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Successful Drug Launch Strategy: ROOTS Framework

8.3.      Successful Drug Launch Strategy: Product Differentiation

8.4.      Commonly Adopted Commercialization Strategies based on Development Stage of the Product

8.5.      Approved Gene Therapies

8.6.      Key Commercialization Strategies Adopted by Companies Focused on Gene Therapy

8.6.1.    Strategies Adopted Before Therapy Approval

8.6.2.    Strategies Adopted During / Post Therapy Approval

8.7.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. LATE STAGE (PHASE II/III AND ABOVE) GENE THERAPIES

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      AMT-061: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.3.      BIIB111 (NSR-REP1): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.4.      BIIB112 (NSR-RPGR): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.5.      BMN 270 (valoctocogene roxaparvovec): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.6.      E10A: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.7.      FLT180a: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.8.      GS010: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.9.      Instiladrin®: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.10.     Lenti-D™: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.11.     LYS-SAF302: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.12.     OTL-101: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.13.     OTL-103: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.14.     OTL-200: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.15.     Pexa-Vec (pexastimogene devacirepvec): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.16.     PF-06838435 (fidanacogene elaparvovec): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.17.     ProstAtak®: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.18.     SPK-8011: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.19.     Toca 511 (vocimagene amiretrorepvec): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.20.     VB-111 (ofranergene obadenovec): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.21.     VGX-3100: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.22.     Vigil®: Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

9.23.     VM202 (donaperminogene seltoplasmid): Overview of Therapy, Current Development Status and Clinical Results

 

  1. EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Gene Editing Technologies

10.2.1.  Overview

10.2.2.  Applications

 

10.3.     Emerging Gene Editing Platforms

10.3.1.  CRISPR / Cas9 System

10.3.2.  TALENs

10.3.3.  megaTAL

10.3.4.  Zinc Finger Nuclease

 

10.4.     Gene Expression Regulation Technologies

10.5.     Technology Platforms for Developing / Delivering Gene Therapies

 

  1. PROMISING THERAPEUTICS AREAS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2      Analysis by Special Designations Awarded

 

11.3.     Autoimmune Disorders

11.3.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.3.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.4.     Cardiovascular Diseases

11.4.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.4.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

11.5.     Dermatological Disorders

11.5.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.5.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.6.     Genetic Disorders

11.6.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.6.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.7.     Hematological Disorders

11.7.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.7.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.8.     Infectious Diseases

11.8.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.8.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.9.     Metabolic Disorders

11.9.1.  Analysis by Target Indication

11.9.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.10.   Muscle-related Diseases

11.10.1. Analysis by Target Indication

11.10.2. Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.11.   Nervous System Disorders

11.11.1. Analysis by Target Indication

11.11.2. Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.12.   Oncological Disorders

11.12.1. Analysis by Target Indication

11.12.2. Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

11.13.   Ophthalmic Diseases

11.13.1. Analysis by Target Indication

11.13.2. Analysis by Type of Vector Used

 

  1. PATENT ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Gene Therapy-related Patents

12.2.1.  Scope and Methodology

12.2.1.1. Analysis by Publication Year

12.2.1.2. Analysis by Geographical Location

12.2.1.3. Analysis by CPC Classification

12.2.1.4. Emerging Focus Areas

12.2.1.5. Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Patents

12.2.1.6. Patent Benchmark Analysis

12.2.1.7. Patent Valuation Analysis

 

12.3.     Gene Editing-related Patents

12.3.1.  Scope and Methodology

12.3.1.1. Analysis by Publication Year

12.3.1.2. Analysis by Geographical Location

 

12.3.1.3. Analysis by CPC Classification

12.3.1.4. Emerging Focus Areas

12.3.1.5. Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Patents

12.3.1.6. Patent Benchmark Analysis

12.3.1.7. Patent Valuation Analysis

 

12.4.     Overall Intellectual Property Portfolio: Analysis by Type of Organization

 

  1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Merger and Acquisition Models

13.3.     Gene Therapy: Mergers and Acquisitions

13.3.1.  Analysis by Year of Mergers and Acquisitions

13.3.2.  Analysis by Type of Mergers and Acquisitions

13.3.3.  Regional Analysis

13.3.3.1. Continent-wise Distribution

13.3.3.2. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Deals

13.3.3.3. Country-wise Distribution

13.3.4.  Analysis by Key Value Drivers

13.3.4.1. Analysis by Key Value Drivers and Year of Acquisition

13.3.5.  Analysis by Phase of Development of the Acquired Company’s Product

13.3.6.  Analysis by Therapeutic Area

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Types of Funding

14.3.     Funding and Investment Analysis

14.3.1.  Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

14.3.2.  Analysis by Amount Invested

14.3.3.  Analysis by Type of Funding

14.3.4.  Analysis by Amount Invested across Different Types of Therapies

14.3.5.  Regional Analysis by Amount Invested

14.3.6.  Most Active Players

14.3.7.  Key Investors

14.3.8.  Analysis by Stage of Development

14.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. COST PRICE ANALYSIS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Gene Therapy Market: Factors Contributing to the Price of Gene Therapies

15.3.     Gene Therapy Market: Pricing Models

15.3.1.  On the Basis of Associated Product / Component Costs

15.3.2.  On the Basis of Competition

15.3.3.  On the Basis of Patient Segment

15.3.4.  On the Basis of Opinions of Industry Experts

 

  1. BIG PHARMA PLAYERS: ANALYSIS OF GENE THERAPY RELATED INITIATIVES

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Top Pharmaceutical Companies

16.2.1.  Analysis by Therapeutic Area

16.2.2.  Analysis by Type of Vector Used

16.2.3.  Analysis by Type of Modification

16.2.4.  Analysis by Type of Gene Therapy

16.3.     Other Big Pharma Players

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Scope and Limitations

17.3.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

17.4.     Overall Gene Therapy Market, 2019-2030

17.4.1.  Gene Therapy Market: Analysis by Type of Gene Modification

17.4.2.  Gene Therapy Market: Analysis by Type of Therapy

17.4.3.  Gene Therapy Market: Analysis by Type of Vector Used

17.4.4.  Gene Therapy Market: Analysis by Therapeutic Area

17.4.5.  Gene Therapy Market: Analysis by Route of Administration

17.4.6.  Gene Therapy Market: Analysis by Geography

 

17.5.     Gene Therapy Market: Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.     Gene Therapy Market: Product-wise Sales Forecasts

17.6.1.  Gendicine®

17.6.1.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.1.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.1.3. Net Present Value

17.6.1.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.2.  Oncorine®

17.6.2.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.2.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.2.3. Net Present Value

17.6.2.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.3.  Rexin-G®

17.6.3.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.3.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.3.3. Net Present Value

17.6.3.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.4.  Neovasculgen®

17.6.4.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.4.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.4.3. Net Present Value

17.6.4.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.5.  Strimvelis®

17.6.5.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.5.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.5.3. Net Present Value

17.6.5.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.6.  Imlygic®

17.6.6.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.6.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.6.3. Net Present Value

17.6.6.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.7.  Invossa™

17.6.7.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.7.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.7.3. Net Present Value

17.6.7.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.8.  Luxturna™

17.6.8.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.8.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.8.3. Net Present Value

17.6.8.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.9.  Zolgensma™

17.6.9.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.9.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.9.3. Net Present Value

17.6.9.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.10. Collategene® / Beperminogene Perplasmid

17.6.10.1. Target Patient Population

14.6.10.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.10.3. Net Present Value

17.6.10.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.11. Zyntelgo™

17.6.11.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.11.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.11.3. Net Present Value

17.6.11.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.12. AMT-061

17.6.12.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.12.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.12.3. Net Present Value

17.6.12.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.13. BIIB111

17.6.13.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.13.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.13.3. Net Present Value

17.6.13.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.14. BIIB112

17.6.14.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.14.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.14.3. Net Present Value

17.6.14.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.15. BMN 270

17.6.15.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.15.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.15.3. Net Present Value

17.6.15.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.16. E10A

17.6.16.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.16.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.16.3. Net Present Value

17.6.16.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.17. FLT180a

17.6.17.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.17.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.17.3. Net Present Value

17.6.17.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.18. GS010

17.6.18.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.18.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.18.3. Net Present Value

17.6.18.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.19. Instiladrin®

17.6.19.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.19.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.19.3. Net Present Value

17.6.19.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.20. Lenti-D™

17.6.20.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.20.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.20.3. Net Present Value

17.6.20.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.21. LYS-SAF302

17.6.21.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.21.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.21.3. Net Present Value

17.6.21.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.22. OTL-101

17.6.22.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.22.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.22.3. Net Present Value

17.6.22.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.23. OTL-103

17.6.23.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.23.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.23.3. Net Present Value

17.6.23.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.24. OTL-200

17.6.24.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.24.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.24.3. Net Present Value

17.6.24.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.25. Pexa-Vec

17.6.25.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.25.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.25.3. Net Present Value

17.6.25.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.26. PF-06838435

17.6.26.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.26.2. Sales Forecast

17.6. 26.3. Net Present Value

17.6.26.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.27. ProstAtak®

17.6.27.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.27.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.27.3. Net Present Value

17.6.27.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.28. SPK-8011

17.6.28.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.28.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.28.3. Net Present Value

17.6.28.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.29. Toca 511

17.6.29.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.29.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.29.3. Net Present Value

17.6.29.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.30. VB-111

17.6.30.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.30.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.30.3. Net Present Value

17.6.30.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.31. VGX-3100

17.6.31.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.31.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.31.3. Net Present Value

17.6.31.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.32. Vigil®

17.6.32.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.32.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.32.3. Net Present Value

17.6.32.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

17.6.33. VM202

17.6.33.1. Target Patient Population

17.6.33.2. Sales Forecast

17.6.33.3. Net Present Value

17.6.33.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

  1. VECTOR MANUFACTURING

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     Overview of Viral Vector Manufacturing

18.3.     Viral Vector Manufacturing Processes

18.3.1.  Mode of Vector Production

18.3.2.  Adherent and Suspension Cultures

18.3.3.  Unit Processes and Multiple Parallel Processes

18.3.4.  Cell Culture Systems for Production of Viral Vectors

18.3.5.  Culture Media Specifications

 

18.4.     Bioprocessing of Viral Vectors

18.4.1.  AAV Vector Production

18.4.2.  Adenoviral Vector Production

18.4.3.  Lentiviral Vector Production

18.4.4.  γ -Retroviral Vector Production

 

18.5.     Challenges Associated with Vector Manufacturing

18.6.     Companies Offering Contract Services for Viral and Plasmid Vectors

 

  1. CASE STUDY: GENE THERAPY SUPPLY CHAIN

19.1.     Chapter Overview

19.2.     Overview of the Gene Therapy Supply Chain

19.3.     Implementation of Supply Chain Models

19.4.     Logistics in Gene Therapy

19.4.1.  Logistics Processes for Autologous and Allogeneic Therapies

19.5.     Regulatory Supply Chain across the Globe

19.6.     Challenges Associated with Gene Therapy Supply Chain

19.7.     Optimizing Cell and Advanced Therapies Supply Chain Management

19.8.     Recent Developments and Upcoming Trends

 

  1. CONCLUSION

20.1.     Chapter Overview

20.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

21.1.     Chapter Overview

21.2.     Adam Rogers, Chief Executive Officer, Hemera Biosciences

21.3.     Al Hawkins, Chief Executive Officer, Milo Biotechnology

21.4.     Buel Dan Rodgers, Founder & Chief Executive Officer, AAVogen

21.5.     Cedric Szpirer, Executive & Scientific Director, Delphi Genetics

21.6.     Christopher Reinhard, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Gene Therapeutics (previously known as Cardium Therapeutics)

21.7.     Ryo Kubota, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Acucela

21.8.     Jeffrey HunG, Chief Commercial Officer, Vigene Biosciences

21.9.     Marco Schmeer, Project Manager and Tatjana Buchholz, Marketing Manager, PlasmidFactory

21.10.   Michael Tripletti, Chief Executive Officer, Myonexus Therapeutics

21.11.   Robert Jan Lamers, Chief Executive Officer, Arthrogen

21.12.   Tom Wilton, Chief Business Officer, LogicBio Therapeutics

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The gene therapy market is estimated to be worth USD 11.6 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

With multiple approved products, the field of gene therapies has gained substantial momentum over the last couple of decades; innovator companies are gradually progressing their proprietary therapy candidates with cautious optimism

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030”.

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape of gene therapies, primarily focusing on gene augmentation-based therapies, oncolytic viral therapies and genome editing therapies. The study also features an elaborate discussion on the future potential of this evolving market. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of gene therapies and genome editing therapies.
  • A discussion on the various types of viral and non-viral vectors.
  • A world map representation, depicting the most active geographies, and a bull’s eye analysis, highlighting the distribution of clinical-stage pipeline candidates by phase of development, type of vector and type of therapy.
  • A discussion on the regulatory landscape related to gene therapies across various geographies.
  • Detailed profiles of marketed and phase II/III and gene therapies.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various commercialization strategies that can be adopted by drug developers for use across different stages of therapy development.
  • A review of various emerging technologies and therapy development platforms that are being used to design and manufacture gene therapies.
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to gene therapies and genome editing therapies, since 2016.
  • An analysis of the various mergers and acquisitions that have taken place in this domain, highlighting the trend in the number of companies acquired between 2014-2019.
  • An analysis of the investments made at various stages of development in companies that are focused in this area, between 2014-2019.
  • An analysis of the big biopharma players engaged in this domain.
  • A case study on the prevalent and emerging trends related to vector manufacturing, with information on companies offering contract services for manufacturing vectors.
  • A discussion on the various operating models adopted by gene therapy developers for supply chain management.
  • An analysis of the various factors that are likely to influence the pricing of gene-based therapies.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Key therapeutic areas
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Cardiovascular diseases
  • Genetic disorders
  • Hematological disorders
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Ophthalmic disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Others
  • Type of vector
  • Adeno associated virus
  • Adenovirus
  • Herpes simplex virus type 1
  • Lentivirus
  • Plasmid DNA
  • Retrovirus
  • Vaccinia Virus
  • Type of therapy
  • Ex vivo
  • In vivo
  • Type of gene modification
  • Gene augmentation
  • Immunotherapy
  • Oncolytic therapy
  • Others
  • Route of administration
  • Intraarticular
  • Intracerebellar
  • Intramuscular
  • Intradermal
  • Intravenous
  • Intravitreal
  • Intravesical
  • Subretinal
  • Others
  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies
  • Adam Rogers (CEO, Hemera Biosciences)
  • Al Hawkins (CEO, Milo Biotechnology)
  • Buel Dan Rodgers (Founder & CEO, AAVogen)
  • Cedric Szpirer (Executive & Scientific Director, Delphi Genetics)
  • Christopher Reinhard (CEO and Chairman, Cardium Therapeutics)
  • Ryo Kubota (Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Acucela)
  • Jeffrey Hung (CCO, Vigene Biosciences)
  • Marco Schmeer (Project Manager) & Tatjana Buchholz (Marketing Manager, PlasmidFactory)
  • Michael Triplett (CEO, Myonexus Therapeutics, acquired by Sarepta Therapeutics)
  • Robert Jan Lamers (CEO, Arthrogen)
  • Tom Wilton (Chief Business Officer, LogicBio Therapeutics)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Advantagene
  • Advaxis
  • BioMarin
  • bluebird bio
  • FKD Therapies
  • Freeline Therapeutics
  • GenSight Biologics
  • Gradalis
  • Inovio Pharmaceuticals
  • Marsala Biotech
  • Orchard Therapeutics
  • Pfizer
  • Sarepta Therapeutics
  • Spark Therapeutics
  • Tocagen
  • Transgene
  • uniQure Biopharma
  • VBL Therapeutics
  • ViroMed

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/gene-therapy-market-3rd-edition-2019-2030/268.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Viral Vectors, Non-Viral Vectors and Gene Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030 (Focus on AAV, Adenoviral, Lentiviral, Retroviral, Plasmid DNA and Other Vectors)
  2. CAR-T Therapies Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  3. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The “Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Library and Service Providers, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of this approach over the next decade.


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this 170+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of fragment-based drug discovery library and service providers along with the information on type of product (library and technology), type of service offered (fragment screening and fragment optimization), type of technique used (X-ray crystallography, nuclear magnetic resonance, surface plasmon resonance, and other screening techniques), other services offered (target identification / validation, hit identification, hit-to-lead / lead generation, lead optimization), and end user (industry, academia, and contract research organizations).
  • Elaborate profiles of the companies providing libraries and services for fragment-based drug discovery (shortlisted on the basis of the service portfolio and number of fragment screening techniques offered). Each profile features a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), fragment-based library and service portfolio, information on other drug discovery services, recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in the recent past, covering R&D collaborations, mergers and acquisitions, product development and commercialization agreements, commercialization agreements, distribution and supply agreements, product integration agreements, service agreements, and other relevant types of deals.
  • A detailed analysis on acquisition targets, taking into consideration the historical trend of the activity of the companies that have acquired other firms since 2015, and offering a means for other industry stakeholders to identify potential acquisition targets.
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis of fragment-based drug discovery library and service providers, based on supplier power (based on the years of experience of service provider) and key specifications, such as number of fragment libraries and number of screening techniques.
  • An analysis highlighting the cost saving potential associated with the use of fragment-based drug discovery approach.
  • Informed estimates of the existing market size and the future opportunity for fragment-based drug discovery library and services, over the next decade. Based on multiple parameters, such as annual number of drug discovery projects, outsourcing profile, and adoption of fragment-based drug discovery approach, we have provided informed estimates on the evolution of the market for the period 2020-2030.

 

The report features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Screening Technique Used
  • X-ray Crystallography
  • Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
  • Surface Plasmon Resonance
  • Other Screening Techniques

 

  • Type of Service Offered
  • Library Screening
  • Fragment Screening
  • Fragment Optimization

 

  • End User
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key geographical regions

Press Release: Variation 4 (Format 5)

 

  • North America (US and Canada)
  • Europe (UK, France, Germany, Spain, Italy, and rest of Europe)
  • Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India, and rest of Asia-Pacific / rest of the world)

 

The report also features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom the fragment-based approach significantly simplifies the drug discovery process. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link            

                                                                                                               

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading players in the fragment-based drug discovery library and services market?
  • What are the key biophysical techniques used by service providers for screening fragment libraries and lead optimization?
  • Which types of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this domain?
  • What is the likely cost-saving opportunity associated with the use of fragment-based drug discovery?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  2. Antibody Discovery: Services and Platforms Market (2nd Edition), 2018-2028
  3. In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery, Interface Based Drug Discovery Approaches)

 

Contact Us:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 85 firms are involved in providing fragment-based drug discovery-related services; of these, around 40 players claim to offer both libraries and technologies


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

According to experts in this field, fragment-based drug discovery solutions have facilitated the identification of viable pharmacological leads against otherwise hard to target biomolecules. In fact, many service provider companies are offering fragment libraries and support to the medical research community in order to develop an appropriate intervention to treat the illness caused by the SARS-CoV-2 virus.

 

To order this 170+ page report, which features 55+ figures and 80+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 1.6 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the fragment-based drug discovery market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Screening Technique Used
  • X-ray Crystallography
  • Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
  • Surface Plasmon Resonance
  • Other Screening Techniques

 

  • Type of Service Offered
  • Library Screening
  • Fragment Screening
  • Fragment Optimization

 

  • End User
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America (US and Canada)
  • Europe (UK, France, Germany, Spain, Italy, and rest of Europe)
  • Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India, and rest of Asia-Pacific / rest of the world)

 

The Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Library and Service Providers, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • 2bind
  • Charles River Laboratories
  • ChemAxon
  • ComInnex
  • Creative Biolabs
  • Creative Biostructure
  • CRELUX
  • Domainex
  • Evotec
  • Red Glead Discovery
  • SARomics Biostructures
  • Shanghai ChemPartner
  • Sygnature Discovery
  • Vernalis Research

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Press Release: Variation 3 (Format 4)

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Current Market Landscape

  4. Company Profiles: Fragment-based Drug Discovery Library and Service Providers

  5. Partnerships and Collaborations

  6. Key Acquisition Targets

  7. Company Competitiveness Analysis

  8. Cost Saving Analysis

  9. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

  10. Executive Insights

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/fragment-based-drug-discovery/309.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The fragment-based drug discovery market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~10%, till 2030


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Library and Service Providers, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 170+ page report, which features 55+ figures and 80+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 85 firms are involved in providing fragment-based drug discovery-related services; of these, around 40 players claim to offer both libraries and technologies
  • Industry stakeholders offer either customized fragment libraries or proprietary screening technologies, a select few claim to provide both; however, the expertise related to fragment optimization is still limited in this domain
  • Majority of stakeholders in the competitive market landscape are small / mid-sized firms, offering a variety of services to cater to the needs of a diverse clientele, featuring industry and non-industry players
  • Stakeholders are actively expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective fragment-based drug discovery service portfolios and thereby, maintain a competitive edge in this upcoming industry
  • The rising interest in this field is reflected in the number of partnerships inked in the recent past, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders, and focused on drug discovery for diverse range of indications
  • Considering the prevalent trend of drug discovery and approval, we are led to believe that the fragment-based approach has the potential to enable significant time and cost savings
  • The market is expected to witness growth at a CAGR of ~10%; the anticipated opportunity is likely to be distributed across various types of screening techniques, services and geographies

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/fragment-based-drug-discovery/309.html

                                                                                                               

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Overview of Drug Development

 

3.3.      Drug Discovery Process

3.3.1.    Target Identification

3.3.2.    Target Validation

3.3.3.    Hit Generation

3.3.4.    Hit-to-Lead

3.3.5.    Lead Optimization

 

  • High-Throughput Screening (HTS) and its Limitations

 

3.5.      Fragment-based Drug Discovery (FBDD)

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

3.5.1.    FBDD Strategies

3.5.2.    Screening Techniques Used in FBDD

3.6.      Challenges Related to FBDD

3.7.      Future Perspectives

 

  1. CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Fragment-based Drug Discovery: List of Library and Service Providers

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment of Company

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size and Geographical Location

4.2.3.    Leading Library and Service Providers: Analysis by Number of Products

4.2.4.    Analysis by Geography

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Service Offered

4.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Technique Used

4.2.7.    Analysis by Other Services Offered

4.2.8.    Analysis by End User

 

4.3.      Fragment-based Drug Discovery: List of Libraries and Technologies

4.3.1.    Analysis by Type of Product

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES: FRAGMENT-BASED DRUG DISCOVERY LIBRARY AND SERVICE    

 PROVIDERS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

 

5.2.      2bind

5.2.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.      Charles River Laboratories

5.3.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.      ChemAxon

5.4.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.      ComInnex

5.5.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.      Creative Biolabs

5.6.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.      Creative Biostructure

 

5.8.      CRELUX

5.8.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.9.      Domainex

5.9.1.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.10.     Evotec

5.10.1.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.11.     Red Glead Discovery

 

5.12.     SARomics Biostructures

 

5.13.     Shanghai ChemPartner

5.13.1.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

5.14.     Sygnature Discovery

5.14.1.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.15.     Vernalis Research

5.15.1.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Partnership Models

 

6.3.      Fragment-based Drug Discovery Services Market: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

6.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

6.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

6.3.3.    Analysis by Year of Partnership and Type of Partner

6.3.4.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

6.3.5.    Regional Analysis

6.3.6.    Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. KEY ACQUISITION TARGETS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Scope and Methodology

7.3.       Scoring Criteria and Key Assumptions

7.4.      Potential Strategic Acquisition Targets in North America

7.5.      Potential Strategic Acquisition Targets in Europe

7.6.      Potential Strategic Acquisition Targets in Asia-Pacific

7.7.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Methodology

8.3.      Key Parameters

8.4.      Competitiveness Analysis: Fragment-based Drug Discovery Library and Service Providers

8.4.1.    Fragment-based Drug Discovery Library and Service Providers based in North America

8.4.2.    Fragment-based Drug Discovery Library and Service Providers based in Europe

8.4.3.    Fragment-based Drug Discovery Library and Service Providers based in Asia-Pacific

 

  1. COST SAVING ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Key Assumptions and Parameters

9.3.      Methodology

9.4.      Overall Cost Saving Potential Associated with FBDD, 2020-2030

9.5.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

10.3.     Global Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market, 2020-2030

10.4.     Global Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Distribution by Type of Technique, 2020 and     

 2030

10.4.1.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for X-ray Crystallography, 2020-2030

10.4.2.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, 2020-2030

10.4.3.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Surface Plasmon Resonance, 2020-2030

10.4.4.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Other Screening Techniques, 2020-2030

 

10.5.     Global Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Distribution by Type of Service, 2020 and 2030

10.5.1.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Library Screening, 2020-2030

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

10.5.2.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Fragment Screening, 2020-2030

10.5.3.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Fragment Optimization, 2020-2030

 

10.6.     Global Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Distribution by End User, 2020 and 2030

10.6.1.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Industry Players, 2020-2030

10.6.2.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market for Non-industry Players, 2020-2030

 

10.7.     Global Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Distribution by Geography, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in the US, 2020-2030

10.7.2.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Canada, 2020-2030

10.7.3.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in the UK, 2020-2030

10.7.4.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in France, 2020-2030

10.7.5.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Germany, 2020-2030

10.7.6.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Spain, 2020-2030

10.7.7.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Italy, 2020-2030

10.7.8.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Rest of Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.9.  Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in China, 2020-2030

10.7.10. Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Japan, 2020-2030

10.7.11. Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in India, 2020-2030

10.7.12. Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market in Rest of Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2020-

 2030

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

11.1.      Chapter Overview

 

11.2.      Edelris

11.2.1.  Company Snapshot

11.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Jean-Yves Ortholand, Co-founder & Chief Executive Officer

 

11.3.     SARomics Biostructures

11.3.1.  Company Snapshot

11.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Björn Walse, Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The fragment-based drug discovery market is estimated to be worth around USD 1.6 billion by 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 7 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Screening small molecule fragments has made it possible to identify pharmacological leads against otherwise hard to target hotspots on biomolecules, such as allosteric sites, rendering this approach a valuable alternative method of drug discovery

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Fragment-based Drug Discovery Market: Library and Service Providers, 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of this approach over the next decade. It features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various stakeholders engaged in this domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of fragment-based drug discovery library and service providers. 
  • Elaborate profiles of the companies providing libraries and services for fragment-based drug discovery (shortlisted on the basis of the service portfolio and number of fragment screening techniques offered).
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in the recent past.
  • A detailed analysis on acquisition targets.
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis of fragment-based drug discovery library and service providers.
  • An analysis highlighting the cost saving potential associated with the use of fragment-based drug discovery approach.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of Technique
  • X-ray Crystallography
  • Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
  • Surface Plasmon Resonance
  • Other Screening Techniques
  • Type of Service
  • Library Screening
  • Fragment Screening
  • Fragment Optimization
  • End User
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players
  • Key Geographical Region 
  • North America (US and Canada)
  • Europe (UK, France, Germany, Spain, Italy, and rest of Europe)
  • Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, India, and rest of Asia-Pacific / rest of the world)

 

Key companies covered in the report:

  • 2bind
  • Charles River Laboratories
  • ChemAxon
  • ComInnex
  • Creative Biolabs
  • Creative Biostructure
  • CRELUX
  • Domainex
  • Evotec
  • Red Glead Discovery

Press Release: Variation 1 (Format 2)

 

  • SARomics Biostructures
  • Shanghai ChemPartner
  • Sygnature Discovery
  • Vernalis Research

 

For more information, please click on the following link: 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/fragment-based-drug-discovery/309.html

 

Other recent offerings

  1. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  2. Antibody Discovery: Services and Platforms Market (2nd Edition), 2018-2028
  3. In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery, Interface Based Drug Discovery Approaches)

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics market is projected to be over USD 5 billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 30%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

So far, more than 100 different types of cannabinoids have been identified and there is a growing body of evidence supporting the benefits of this class of compounds in offering symptomatic relief for a wide variety of chronic health conditions

 

London

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Endocannabinoid System Targeted Therapeutics Market, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

Over time, extensive R&D on the potential health benefits of cannabis, have enabled medical researchers to identify a number of pharmacologically active ingredients that offer clinical benefit, minus the addictive properties of the crude substance. Currently, several stakeholders in the pharmaceutical industry are actively engaged in the efforts to develop leads based on natural and synthetic derivatives of cannabinoids.

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 140+ figures and 170+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights 

 

Over 175 drugs targeting the endocannabinoid system are currently under development

Most cannabinoid-based drug candidates are being developed to target the CB1 and CB2 receptors. Nearly 45% of such drugs are presently being investigated in clinical trials, while 50% are in the preclinical / discovery phase. Majority of these therapies (60%) are designed for oral administration.

 

More than 60 companies claim to develop endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics

Post 2010, there has been a significant rise in the number of companies working in this domain; such companies represent 63% of the total number of players. Majority of the firms engaged in this domain (74%) are based in North America, followed by those headquartered in Asia-Pacific (16%), Europe (8%) and Latin America (2%).  

 

Partnership activity has grown at an annualized rate of 35%, between 2017 and 2019  

The maximum number of partnerships were observed in 2019 within this segment of the pharmaceutical industry. Majority of these agreements were reported to have been inked for research purposes (20%). In addition, more than 35 merger / acquisition deal were signed between 2016 and 2020; service / facility expansion emerged as the most prominent key value drivers for such agreements.

 

Close to 600 grants were awarded for supporting research on endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics, since 2016

Almost 45% of the total amount awarded in the form of grants, was under the R01 (in support of health-related research and development based on the mission of the NIH) mechanism. Further, grants (394) worth USD 147 million were awarded to research projects related to endocannabinoid system.

 

At present, therapies intended for the treatment of neurological disorders represent the majority share of the overall endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics market

Most of the therapies targeting neurological disorders are intended for the treatment of epilepsy. In addition to neurological disorders, therapies intended for autoimmune disorders, cancer and genetic disorders are likely to capture significant market opportunity in the foreseen future.

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link   

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading industry players in this market?
  • What are the key clinical conditions addressed by endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics?
  • What are the biological receptors targeted by cannabinoid-based therapies?
  • What are the factors that are likely to influence the evolution of this market?
  • What are the initiatives undertaken by start-ups and big pharma players engaged in this domain?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

The over USD 5 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Target Disease Indication
  • Cancer
  • Genetic Disorders
  • Neurological Indications
  • Others

 

  • Route of Administration
  • Oral
  • Inhalation

 

  • Key Geographies
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and the Rest of the World

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom, endocannabinoid system targeted therapeutics are considered as a promising alternative for the treatment of a diverse array of symptoms associated with a myriad of human diseases. The report includes detailed transcripts of the discussions held with industry experts.

 

The research includes detailed profiles of key players (listed below); each profile features an overview of the company, its financial information (if available), drug portfolio, recent developments and an informed future outlook.

  • GW Pharmaceuticals
  • Corbus Pharmaceuticals
  • Tilray
  • Tetra Bio-Pharma
  • Botanix Pharmaceuticals
  • Kalytera Therapeutics
  • Therapix Biosciences
  • Echo Pharmaceuticals
  • Avicanna
  • GB Sciences

 

For additional details, please visit 
https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/endocannabinoid-therapeutics/316.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

You may also be interested in the following titles: 

  1. Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030
  2. Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB) Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030: Focus on Non-Invasive Drug Delivery Technology Platforms and Therapeutics
  3. Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  4. Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030

 

Contact:
Gaurav Chaudhary
+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091
Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Elastomeric Closure Components Market for Vials, Cartridges and Syringes, 2019-2030: Focus on Caps, Needle Shields, Plungers, Stoppers, Seals, Tip Caps and Other Closures’ report features a comprehensive study of the current scenario and future potential


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 400+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies manufacturing elastomeric container closures, featuring information on the type of closure (cap, needle shield, plunger, seal, stopper, and tip cap), type of respective primary container(s) (vial, syringe, and cartridge), elastomeric material(s) used for fabricating the aforementioned closures (such as bromobutyl, chlorobutyl, and others), drug type(s) that are compatible with elastomeric closures, sterilization status of closures (pre-sterilized and unsterilized), affiliated sterilization technique (if the closure(s) is available in the pre-sterilized format), scale of production (small scale, and large scale), type of customization (if available), affiliated dimensions, along with compliance certifications of the product.
  • A comprehensive analysis on the packaging trends of over 230 drug products (including both biologics and small molecule drugs) that were approved over the last five years (beginning 2014), featuring an assessment of the packaging requirements of various container-closure systems based on parameters, such as year of approval of drug, type of molecule, dosage form, route of administration, holding temperature, type of packaging material(s) used for manufacturing primary container and affiliated closure, and leading drug developers (in terms of number of drugs packaged using elastomeric closures).
  • An analysis of various developments / recent trends related to elastomeric packaging materials, offering insights on [A] partnerships and collaborations established within the industry, and [B] recent global conferences related to pharmaceutical packaging industry.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players in this domain (shortlisted on the basis of size of product portfolio), featuring a brief overview of the company (including information on company headquarters, year of establishment, number of employees, and key members of the executive team), financial information (if available), detailed description of proprietary elastomeric closures, recent developments, and an informed future outlook.
  • A case study on the role of robotics in pharmaceutical manufacturing and fill / finish operations, highlighting the advantages of using automation / automated technologies in such processes. It includes profiles of industry players offering such equipment for the aseptic processing of pharmaceutical products.
  • An elaborate discussion on emerging trends (such as focus on personalized therapies, shift towards more flexible packaging, upgrading packaging components to enhance drug product safety, and growing adoption of smart packaging solutions) that are likely to have an impact on the future adoption of elastomeric container-closure components in the pharmaceutical packaging industry. It also features a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative effect of each trend on the overall pharmaceutical packaging industry.
  • An in-depth analysis to estimate the current and future demand for elastomeric closures across key primary packaging containers, including vials, syringes and cartridges, in different regions for the period 2019-2030. Input parameters considered for this analysis include current supply of different primary packaging components and their respective closures and the estimated the proportion of elastomeric closures that are likely to be supplied, which is indicative of the demand.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Type of packaging container
    • Vials
    • Syringes
    • Cartridges

 

  • Type of packaging closure
    • Seal
    • Stopper
    • Cap
    • Plunger
    • Barrel
    • Needle Shield

 

  • Sterilization status
    • Pre-sterilized
    • Unsterilized

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the popular types of elastomeric materials and coatings being used for the fabrication of closures for parenteral containers (vials, ampoules and syringes)?
  • What are the types of drugs which require elastomeric closures to ensure minimize the risk of extractables and leachables?
  • Who are the leading manufacturers of elastomeric closures across the globe?
  • What is the relative popularity of various types of elastomeric materials used for the packaging of different closure types?
  • How do parameters such as dosage form, route of administration and storage temperature of drugs, influence choice of elastomeric closures?
  • What is the proportion of closures available in pre-sterilized format in the market?
  • What are the popular sterilizing techniques used for pre-sterilization of closures?
  • What are the key drivers of partnership activity in this industry?
  • What are the key challenges associated with the manufacturing of elastomeric components?
  • What are the key considerations for choosing materials for fabricating closures?
  • What are the benefits of pre-sterilized closures? Who are the key players that offer pre-sterilized container-closure kits / systems?
  • Which are latest innovations in the field of elastomeric packaging materials?
  • What is the current and future demand for parenteral containers and their respective closures from 2019 to 2030?
  • What are the key factors that are likely to influence the evolution of the elastomeric closures market?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments and geographies?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Medical Device Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030
  2. Biologics Fill / Finish Services Market, 2019 – 2030
  3. Pre-Sterilized / Ready-to-Use Primary Packaging: Focus on Cartridges, Syringes and Vials, 2018-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Currently, there are over 240 closures, fabricated using a variety of elastomeric materials, available for use in parenteral primary packaging containers; majority of these products are available in the ready-to-use format, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

The materials used to fabricate pharmaceutical packaging components are extremely important to preserving the stability, efficacy and safety of drug formulations. In fact, according to the USFDA, in the last two years, there have been over 2,000 drug and device recalls owing to packaging-related concerns. Elastomeric closures, with various types of coatings (such as FluoroTec® and Teflon®), have emerged as a promising option for developing closures for pharmaceutical containers.

 

To order this 400+ page report, which features 185+ figures and 235+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 9.3 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within elastomeric closures market has been analyzed across the following segments:

 

  • Type of packaging container
    • Vials
    • Syringes
    • Cartridges

 

  • Type of packaging closure
    • Seal
    • Stopper
    • Cap
    • Plunger
    • Barrel
    • Needle Shield

 

  • Sterilization status
    • Pre-sterilized
    • Unsterilized

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The Elastomeric Closure Components Market For Vials, Cartridges and Syringes, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Aptar Pharma
  • Daikyo Seiko
  • Datwyler Group
  • DWK Life Sciences
  • Hebei First Rubber Medical Technology (a Part of DESHENG Group)
  • Jiangsu Hualan New Pharmaceutical Material
  • Lonstroff (a Part of Sumitomo Rubber Industries)
  • Ompi (a Part of Stevanato Group)
  • West Pharmaceutical Services

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary
  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Company Profiles

  5. Packaging Trend Analysis for Recently Approved Drugs

  6. Recent Developments

  7. Demand Analysis

  8. Market Forecast

  9. Case Study: Robotics in Pharmaceutical Packaging

  10. Emerging Trends in Pharmaceutical Packaging

  11. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/elastomeric-closures-market-focus-on-parenteral-containers-2019-2030/255.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

Submit your article?

Submit your articles for more traffic to your website!

Submit
© 2019 topfind88.com. Imprint, All rights reserved.